Owner’s Manual
2020 MDX
Sport Hybrid
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
3
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
.
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 0 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to ACURA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 100-5E-8F, 1919
Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
NOTICE
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
●
Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
●
Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
●
Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
●
Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
●
Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 1 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 33
For Safe Driving P. 34 Seat Belts P. 39 Airbags P. 47
2 Instrument Panel P. 83
Indicators P. 84 Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID) P. 123
2 Controls P. 141
Clock P. 142 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 143
Moonroof P. 170
Adjusting the Seats P. 194
2 Features P. 235
Audio System P. 236 Audio System Basic Operation P. 243
Rear Entertainment System (RES)
*
P. 342 Customized Features P. 362
2 Driving P. 447
Before Driving P. 448 Towing a Trailer P. 454
Parking Your Vehicle P. 535
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
P. 545
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 560
2 Maintenance P. 561
Before Performing Maintenance P. 562 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 565
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 587
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
P. 602
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 613
Tools P. 614 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 615
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 642 Fuses P. 648
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 659
2 Information P. 661
Specifications P. 662 Identification Numbers P. 664
Emissions Testing P. 667 Warranty Coverages P. 668
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 2 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Contents
Child Safety P. 62 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 80 Safety Labels P. 81
Tailgate P. 158 Security System P. 165 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 168
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 171 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 191
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 209 Climate Control System P. 222
Audio Error Messages P. 315 General Information on the Audio System P. 323
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 394 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 397 AcuraLink® P. 438
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 455 When Driving P. 457 Braking P. 518
Surround View Camera System
*
P. 547 Refueling P. 557
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 569 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 582
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 591 12-Volt Battery P. 600 Remote Transmitter Care P. 601
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 604 Cleaning P. 605 Accessories and Modifications P. 611
Power System Won’t Start P. 635 Jump Starting P. 638 Overheating P. 640
Emergency Towing P. 657 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 658
Refueling P. 660
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 665 Reporting Safety Defects P. 666
Authorized Manuals P. 670 Client Service Information P. 671
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 33
Instrument Panel
P. 83
Controls
P. 141
Features
P. 235
Driving
P. 447
Maintenance
P. 561
Handling the Unexpected
P. 613
Information
P. 661
Index
P. 675
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 3 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❚
Steering Wheel Adjustments (P190)
❚
POWER Button (P171)
❚
Navigation System
() See the Navigation System Manual
❚
Information Screen (P248)
❚
Hazard Warning Button
❚
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
❚
Audio System (P236)
❚
System Indicators (P84)
❚
Gauges (P123)
❚
Multi-Information Display
(MID)
(P125)
❚
Climate Control System (P222)
❚
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button
(P187)
❚
(Surround View Camera) Button
*
(P548)
❚
(Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
System OFF) Button
(P507)
❚
Parking Sensor System Button (P538)
❚
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button (P529)
❚
Headlight Washer Button
*
(P185)
❚
Heated Windshield Button
*
(P187)
❚
Automatic Brake Hold Button (P522)
❚
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Button
(P495)
❚
Electric Parking Brake Switch (P518)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 4 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❚
Wipers/Washers (P182)
❚
Audio Remote Controls (P241)
❚
Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P472)
❚
Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P472)
❚
Horn (Press an area around .)
❚
Voice Control Buttons (P258)
❚
Brightness Control (P186)
❚
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow Buttons
(P478)
❚
TRIP Button (P126)
❚
Interval Button (P487)
❚
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
(P500)
❚
Multi-function Steering-wheel Controls
(P125)
❚
Heated Steering Wheel Button
*
(P219)
❚
Headlights/Turn Signals (P174, 175)
❚
Fog Lights
*
(P178)
❚
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P397)
❚
MAIN Button (P478, 500)
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 5 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❚
Power Window Switches (P168)
❚
Hood Release Handle (P570)
❚
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box (P651)
❚
Driver’s Knee Airbag (P54)
❚
Memory Buttons (P189)
❚
SET Button (P189)
❚
Shift Button
Electronic Gear Selector
(P465)
❚
Rearview Mirror (P191)
❚
Driver’s Front Airbag (P50)
❚
Accessory Power Socket (P216)
❚
Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box
(P654)
❚
Glove Box (P211)
❚
Door Mirror Controls (P192)
❚
Power Door Lock Master Switch (P156)
❚
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box (P652)
❚
Passenger’s Front Airbag (P50)
❚
Power Tailgate Button (P161)
❚
Fuel Fill Door Release Button
(P558)
❚
Dynamic Mode Button (P474)
❚
USB Ports (P237)
❚
Auxiliary Input Jack (P240)
❚
Accessory Power Socket
*
(P216)
❚
AC Power Outlet
*
(P217)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 6 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❚
Side Curtain Airbags (P58)
❚
Grab Handle
❚
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
*
(P44)
❚
Accessory Power Socket (P217)
❚
Side Airbags (P56)
❚
Front Seat (P194)
❚
Sun Visors
❚
Vanity Mirrors
❚
Coat Hook (P218)
❚
Seat Belts (P42)
❚
Rear Entertainment System
*
(P342)
❚
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P67)
❚
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P72)
❚
Third Row Seat (P206)
❚
Second Row Seat (P197)
❚
USB Ports
*
(P238)/HDMI
TM
Port
*
(P344)
❚
Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P72)
❚
USB Ports (P239)
Models with rear console compartment
❚
Map Lights (P210)
❚
Moonroof Switch (P170)
❚
Sunglasses Holder (P219)
❚
Cargo Area Lights (P210)
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 7 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❚
How to Refuel (P558)
❚
High-Mount Brake Light (P586)
❚
Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P164)
❚
Back-Up Lights (P585)
❚
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
(P545)
❚
Tailgate Outer Handle (P164)
❚
Rear Side Marker Lights (P584)
❚
Taillights (P584)
❚
Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Lights
(P583)
❚
Rear Wiper (P184, 589)
❚
Maintenance Under the Hood (P569)
❚
Windshield Wipers (P182, 587)
❚
Tires (P591, 615)
❚
Power Door Mirrors (P192)
❚
Headlights (P175, 582)
❚
Side Marker Lights (P175, 582)
❚
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P174, 582)
❚
Fog Lights
*
(P178, 582)
❚
Door Lock/Unlock Control (P145)
❚
Side Turn Signal Lights (P174, 582)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 8 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
9
Quick Reference Guide
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
Your SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® vehicle uses both electric motors and a gasoline engine as propulsion sources, with electric motors receiving
electricity from an internal High Voltage battery.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 9 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
10
Quick Reference Guide
*: When Integrated Dynamics System is in SPORT+ mode, EV Launch and EV Cruising cannot be operated.
*: Operating paddle shifters when the gear position is in
(D or (S cancels EV Launch and EV Cruising.
Operating
mode
EV Launch
*
Engine Drive EV Cruising
*
Power Acceleration
Driving
Speed
Launch Acceleration:
●
Rear Motor Drive
Gentle Acceleration:
●
Engine Drive
Low Speed Cruise:
●
Rear Motor Drive
Aggressive Acceleration:
●
Engine Drive
●
Motor Assist
Power Flow
Monitor
Electric motors
Drive - / Drive Drive Drive
Generators - Generate / - - -
Engine Stopped Running Stopped Running
High Voltage
battery
Discharges Charges/Discharges Discharges Discharges
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 10 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Operating
mode
Engine Cruising Regeneration AWD Mode
Driving
Speed
High Speed Cruise:
●
Engine Drive
Deceleration:
●
Front & Rear Regeneration
Slippery Condition:
●
Engine Drive
●
Front Generation
●
Rear Motor Drive
Power Flow
Monitor
Electric motors
Drive Regenerate Drive
Generators Generate Regenerate Generate
Engine Running Stopped Running
High Voltage
battery
Charges/Discharges Charges Charges/Discharges
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 11 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Energy Efficiency
As with a gasoline-powered vehicle, hybrid vehicle fuel efficiency and driving range is most impacted by your driving style. Aggressive
acceleration and high-speed driving can easily trigger the system to switch the propulsion source to the gasoline-powered engine.
In addition, heavy climate control system use negatively affects vehicle range and efficiency. Either of these use patterns will more quickly
reduce the High Voltage battery's state of charge.
Battery Types
There are two types of batteries used in this vehicle: a standard 12-volt battery that powers the airbags, the interior and exterior lights, and
other standard 12-volt systems; and a high voltage battery that is used to power the propulsion motors and recharge the 12-volt battery.
Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking
When decelerating without the accelerator being depressed or the brake pedal being applied, or while driving downhill, the electric motors
act as generators that recover a portion of the electrical energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle. This regenerative braking slows the
vehicle in a manner similar to engine braking in a gasoline-powered vehicle.
When the high voltage battery is fully charged or its condition is affected by extreme temperatures or other factors, regenerative braking
may not work.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 12 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Auto Engine Stop/Start
Your vehicle’s gasoline engine will automatically stop and start during vehicle operation as needed to meet driving and battery conditions.
These are some examples that could cause the gasoline engine to automatically start.
In the following cases, however, Auto Engine Stop may not activate.
●
When the Integrated Dynamics System is in SPORT+ mode.
●
The vehicle momentarily needs additional power for aggressive acceleration, driving uphill, or driving at high speeds.
●
The climate control system is in heavy use.
●
The High Voltage battery temperature is high or low.
●
The High Voltage battery state of charge is low.
●
When the gear position is in (S or (R.
Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® System
When you first start driving this vehicle, you will likely hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you turn on the power system, or
while you are driving or accelerating from a stop. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control
systems; others are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a
vehicle of this design.
These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any new or unusual noise
should one develop.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 13 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Safety Precautions
Do not touch the High Voltage system
Attempting to take a High Voltage system component apart or disconnect one of its wires
can cause severe electrical shock. Make sure that any maintenance or repairs to the High
Voltage system is performed by an Acura dealer.
If a crash occurs
●
Be careful of electric shock hazard.
uIf a severe crash damages your vehicle’s High Voltage system, there is a possibility of electrical shock
due to exposed High Voltage components or wires. If this happens, do not touch any of the High
Voltage system components or any of its orange wires.
●
Avoid contact with High Voltage battery fluid.
uThe High Voltage battery contains a flammable electrolyte that could leak as a result of a severe
crash. Avoid skin or eye contact with the electrolyte as it is corrosive. If you accidentally come into
contact with the electrolyte, rinse the exposed skin or flush your eyes with copious amounts of water
for at least five minutes, and seek medical attention immediately.
●
Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.
uAttempting to extinguish an electrical fire with a small quantity of water, from a garden hose for
instance, can be dangerous.
●
Anytime the vehicle is damaged in a crash, have it repaired by an Acura dealer.
Emergency Shutdown System for the High Voltage System
If the vehicle is involved in a crash, the emergency shutdown system will activate depending
on the severity of the impact. When the system activates, the High Voltage system
automatically shuts down, and the vehicle can no longer move under its own power. To
return the High Voltage system back to normal operation, consult an Acura dealer.
Acura collects and recycles High Voltage batteries used in its vehicles – consult an Acura
dealer for more information.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 14 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving (P33)
Airbags (P47)
●
Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P62)
●
All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
●
Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
●
Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P80)
●
Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P38)
●
Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P39)
●
Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
●
Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 15 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel (P83)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
12-Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®) System
Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) OFF Indicator
Speed-sensitive Electric
Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Immobilizer System
Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
System Message
Indicator
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator
Gauges (P123)/Multi-Information Display (MID) (P125)/System Indicators (P84)
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
Keyless Access System
Indicator
High Voltage Battery
Charge Level Gauge
Security System Alarm Indicator Fuel
Gauge
Tachometer
MID
Speedometer
Gear Position Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode Gear Selection
Indicator
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
Blind spot information
System Indicator
System Indicators
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
with Low Speed Follow
Indicator
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Fog Light Indicator
*
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
U.S.
Canada
Electric Parking Brake
System Indicator
Electric Parking Brake
Indicator
U.S.
Canada
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
POWER SYSTEM
Indicator
High Temperature Indicator
Low Temperature Indicator
SPORT+ Mode
Indicator
READY Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 16 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Controls (P141)
Clock (P142)
a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2 Adjusting the Clock (P142)
b Rotate to change hour, then move
.
c Rotate to change minute, then
press .
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
POWER Button (P171)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals (P174)
Lights (P175)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 17 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Wipers and Washers
(P182)
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
●
Cleaning the windshield
●
Driving through a car wash
●
No rain present
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
MIST
OFF
AUTO: Wiper speed varies
automatically
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Adjustment Ring
(-: Low Sensitivity
(+: High Sensitivity
Steering Wheel (P190)
●
To adjust, push and hold the adjustment
switch to move the steering wheel to the
desired position.
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P155)
●
Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
Tailgate (P164, 159)
●
Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock
and open the tailgate when you carry the
keyless access remote.
●
Press the power tailgate button on the
driver’s door or the remote transmitter to
open and close the power tailgate.
Tailgate Outer Handle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 18 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Power Door Mirrors
(P192)
●
With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
●
Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
●
Press the fold button to fold the door
mirrors.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Fold Button
Power Windows (P168)
●
With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
●
If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
●
If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 19 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System (P222)
●
Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
●
Press the button to turn the system on or off.
●
Press the button or select the Front icon to defrost the windshield.
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard vents.
AUTO Button
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
(On/Off) Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature Icon
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Icon
On Demand
Multi-Use
Display
TM
(Windshield Defroster) Button
A/C (Air
Conditioning) and
SYNC
(Synchronization)
Icon
Recirculation/
Fresh Air Mode
Icon
Fan Control Icon
REAR (Rear Climate
Control) Icon
Vent Mode
Control Icon
Rear Climate Control (P232)
●
Press the AUTO button to activate the
rear climate control system.
●
Press the button to turn the system
on or off.
Rear Temperature
Control Buttons
/
(Fan Control)
Button
AUTO Button
(On/Off)
Button
Mode Control Button
Air flows from the rear floor vents.
Air flow from the rear console
vents and floor vents.
Air flows from the rear console vents.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 20 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
21
Quick Reference Guide
Features (P235)
Audio System (P243) For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Information Screen
Audio Menu
(CD Eject) Button
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
BACK Button
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU
Button)
INFO Button
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
PHONE Button
(Tune Down) Icon
*1
Source
(Day/Night) Button
Tune
*1
CD Slot
(Information) Icon
Preset Icons
*1
(Tune Up) Icon
*1
Stations
*1
SCAN
*1
SMARTPHONE Button
SETTINGS Button
Front/Rear
*
NAV Button
HD Radio List
*, *1
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 21 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Models with rear entertainment system
Disc Slot
REAR (Power)
Button
(Eject) Button
Audio Remote Controls
(P241)
●
SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM®/CD/Rear DVD
*
/HDD/USB/iPod/
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto/Bluetooth®
Audio/Pandora®
*
/AUX.
●
Left Selector Wheel
Roll to adjust the volume up/down.
Radio:Move to a side to change the
preset station.
Move to a side and hold to select
the next or previous strong station.
CD/HDD/USB device:
Move to a side to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
Move to a side and hold to change
a folder.
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 22 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
23
Quick Reference Guide
Driving (P447)
Electronic Gear Selector (P465)
●
Always depress the brake pedal before selecting (P or changing the gear position from (P.
●
Select (P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.
Park
Press the
(P button.
Used when parking or before
turning the power on or off.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Pull back the
(R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the
(N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the button.
Used for normal driving.
Sequential shift mode can be used
temporarily.
D/S
Gear Position Indicator
The gear position indicator and the
shift button indicator indicate the
current gear selection.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Button
Indicator
Drive (S)
Press the button twice.
Sequential shift mode can be used.
D/S
Shifting
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 23 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
24
Quick Reference Guide
Sequential Mode (P472)
Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 7th). This is useful for regenerative braking.
When the transmission is in (D
●
The transmission will shift back to
automatic mode once the system
detects that the vehicle is cruising.
When the transmission is in (S
●
Holds the selected gear, and the
M (sequential mode) indicator
comes on.
●
The sequential mode gear
selection is shown in the
instrument panel.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Down
(-
Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter
Selected Gear Number
M Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 24 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
25
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® On and Off (P507)
●
The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
●
VSA® comes on automatically every time
you turn on the power system.
●
To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.
CMBS
TM
On and Off
(P529)
●
When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
●
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you
start the power system.
●
To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist
(P513, 646)
●
The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
●
TPMS is turned on automatically every time you turn on the power system.
●
TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling (P557)
a Press the fuel fill door
release button.
b After refueling, wait for
about five seconds
before removing the
filler nozzle.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or
higher
Fuel tank capacity: 19.4 US gal (73.3 L)
Wait for five seconds
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 25 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
26
Quick Reference Guide
AcuraWatch
TM
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located behind the emblem and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side
of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
Front Sensor
Camera
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
(P477)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to
keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P493)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P498)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) (P526)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as
to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 26 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
27
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance (P561)
Under the Hood (P569)
●
Check engine oil, engine coolant, windshield washer fluid
and inverter coolant. Add when necessary.
●
Check brake fluid.
●
Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then
raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you
can release the lever.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.
Lever
Lights (P582)
●
Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P587)
●
Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.
Tires (P591)
●
Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
●
Check tire pressures regularly.
●
Install snow tires for winter
driving.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 27 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
28
Quick Reference Guide
Handling the Unexpected (P613)
Flat Tire (P615)
●
Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the tire repair kit.
●
Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire
located under the cargo area.
Indicators Come On (P642)
●
Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
Models with temporary tire repair kit
Models with a compact spare tire
Power System Won’t
Start
(P635)
●
If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P648)
●
Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating (P640)
●
Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing (P657)
●
Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 28 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
29
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
Why do I hear an operating
noise when applying the
brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P524)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever upwards to the unlock
position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 29 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
30
Quick Reference Guide
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock®) (P148)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Pulling the electric parking
brake switch does not
release the parking brake.
Why?
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.
Check tire pressure.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P646)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 30 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
31
Quick Reference Guide
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other
position.
Why does the gear position
automatically change to
(P
when I open the driver’s
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Close the driver’s door and manually change the gear
position.
u
When opening the driver’s door (P468)
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or lower on
this vehicle?
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
The use of regular unleaded gasoline can cause metallic
knocking noises in the engine and will result in decreased
engine performance.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 31 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
32
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 32 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
33
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 34
Important Handling Information......... 36
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 37
Safety Checklist ................................. 38
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 39
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 42
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 46
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 47
Types of Airbags ................................ 50
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 50
Driver’s Knee Airbag .......................... 54
Side Airbags....................................... 56
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 58
Airbag System Indicators.................... 59
Airbag Care ....................................... 61
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 62
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 64
Safety of Larger Children ................... 78
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 80
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 81
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 33 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
34
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■
Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■
Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■
Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 34 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
35
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■
Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■
Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the
climate control system can shut off at any time.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 35 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
36
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information
Safe Driving
Important Handling Information
Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping
or roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
P. 463
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 455
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 36 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
37
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
12
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
11
Seat Belt Tensioners
6
7
8
9
9
10
11
11
12
7
Knee Airbag
10
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 37 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
38
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 154
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 194
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 201
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 62
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on
the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or
the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors
and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
2 Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning
and Information Messages P. 105
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 38 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
39
Continued
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■
Lap/shoulder seat belts
All six or seven seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with
emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely
while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the
retractor locks to restrain your body.
The front passenger’s, second row and third row seat belts also have a lockable
retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 72
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 39 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
40
Safe Driving
■
Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
the beeper will stop and the indicator will
come on and remain illuminated until the seat
belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the seat belt is fastened.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a front passenger and rear seat passenger moves
around and extends the seat belt, the lockable
retractor may activate. If this happens, release the
retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the
belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 62
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 40 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
41
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic
seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front
seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal
collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or
the driver’s knee airbag.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 41 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
42
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 194
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch Plate
Buckle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 42 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
43
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 43 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
44
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle.
Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
Attach the belt to the anchor buckle.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
■
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
Models with second row bench seat
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
3
WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Latch
Plate
Buckle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 44 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
45
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 45 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
46
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 46 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
47
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
13
6
7
810119
9
9
9
6
12
9
9
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 47 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
48
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, driver’s knee, front side, and side
curtain airbags are deployed according to
the direction and severity of impact. Both
side curtain airbags are deployed in a
rollover. The airbag system includes:
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b Driver’s knee airbag. The knee airbag is
stored under the steering column. It is
marked SRS AIRBAG.
c Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
e An electronic control unit that, when the
power mode is in ON, continually
monitors information about the various
impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors,
rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat
belt tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
f Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
g A driver’s seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
h Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
i Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l Safing Sensor
m A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 48 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
49
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front and driver’s knee airbag covers.
Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 49 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
50
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Driver’s knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 50 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
51
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 51 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
52
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■
When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■
When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■
When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 52 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
53
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver’s seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
P. 60
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 606
Driver‘s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 53 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
54
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
Driver’s Knee Airbag
The driver’s knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help
keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by
the vehicle’s other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column.
The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.
When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
driver’s knee airbag also inflates.
■
Housing Locations
1Driver’s Knee Airbag
Do not attach accessories on or near a knee airbag as
they can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbag, or even hurt someone if the airbag inflates.
The driver should not store any items under the seat
or behind their feet. The items can interfere with
proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate
to sever frontal collision and may result in inadequate
protection.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 54 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
55
uuAirbagsuDriver’s Knee Airbag
Safe Driving
■
When driver’s knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■
When driver’s knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 55 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
56
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 56 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
57
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■
When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■
When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 57 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
58
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 58 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
59
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■
When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.
■
When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or
does not come on at all, have the system
checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you
don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners
may not work properly when they are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 59 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
60
Safe Driving
■
When the passenger front airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 62
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.
If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy
and the indicator will not come on.
■
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensor, such as:
• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.
• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.
• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.
• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
an object on the seat or floor behind it.
• An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.
If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
U.S. Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 60 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
61
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■
When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■
When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■
Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for
Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 61 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
62
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 62 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
63
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 81
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 63 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
64
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■
Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 47
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward-facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position:
The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 64 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations
of a rearward-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly
secured forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height
limitations for the forward-facing child seat.
■
Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 65 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
66
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■
Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 66 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in the second row seats. A child seat
is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Models with second row captain seat
Marks
Marks
Models with second row bench seat
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 67 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
68
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
Flexible Type
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 68 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
69
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Second row captain seat
3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper-
most position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper
most position, then route the tether strap
outside the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 62
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
Straight Top Tether Type
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Tether Strap Hook
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 69 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
70
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Second row bench seat
3. Put the outer head restraint to its
uppermost position, then route the tether
strap between the head restraint legs, and
secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Put the outer head restraint to its upper
most position, then route the tether strap
outside the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Put the center head restraint to its lowest
position, then route the tether strap over
the top of the head restraint and secure the
tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Tether Strap Hook
Outer position
Straight Top Tether Type
Outer position
Other Top Tether Type
Center position
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 70 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
71
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 62
All positions
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 71 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
72
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 72 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
73
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 73 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
74
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each second and third row seating position.
If you have a child seat that comes with a
tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the
tether may be used for additional security.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Models with second row captain seat
Tether Anchorage Points
Tether Anchorage Points
Models with second row bench seat
Tether Anchorage Points
Third row seat
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 74 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
75
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
■
Using a second row anchor
1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper-
most position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper
most position, then route the tether strap
outside the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make
sure the strap is not twisted.
Models with second row captain seat
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Tether Strap Hook
Outer positions
Straight Top Tether Type
Outer positions
Other Top Tether Type
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 75 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
76
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
1. Put the center head restraint to its lowest
position, then route the tether strap over
the top of the head restraint and secure the
tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
2. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Anchor
Models with second row bench seat
Other Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Tether Strap Hook
Center position of second row bench seat
All positions
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 76 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
77
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
■
Using a third row anchor
1. Pull up the head restraint and push
rearwards until it latches, then route the
tether strap through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
1. Pull up the head restraint and push
rearwards until it latches, then route the
tether strap outside the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Open the anchor cover.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Tether Strap Hook
Third row seat
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 77 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
78
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■
Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 78 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
79
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■
Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 79 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
80
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■
Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 80 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
81
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
r
DANGER
WARNUNG
49kPa
NEVER
Hot coolant will scald you.
N’OUVREZ PAS QUAND CHAUD.
NICHT BEI HEISSEM MOTOR ŌFFNEN.
OPEN WHEN HOT.
DANGER
WARNUNG
NEVER
Hot coolant will scald you.
N’OUVREZ PAS QUAND CHAUD.
NICHT BEI HEISSEM MOTOR ŌFFNEN.
OPEN WHEN HOT.
10 8k Pa
Sun Visor
U.S. models
Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models only
Dashboard
U.S. models only
Sun Visor
Radiator Cap
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 81 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
82
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 82 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
83
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 84
Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning
and Information Messages ............. 105
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
(MID)
Gauges............................................ 123
MID ................................................. 125
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 83 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
84
Instrument Panel
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
●
Comes on while driving - Check the brake
fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on
while driving P. 644
●
Comes on along with the brake system
indicator (amber) - Immediately stop in a
safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The
brake pedal becomes harder to operate.
Depress the pedal further than you normally
do.
●
Comes on along with the ABS indicator -
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 644
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 84 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to braking
other than the conventional
brake system.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the cooperative control with
regenerative braking, the electric
servo brake system, or the hill
start assist system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds and
sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer
immediately.
●
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the automatic brake hold
system.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 522
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 85 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
86
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Electric Parking
Brake Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the parking
brake is applied, and goes off
when it is released.
●
Comes on for about 15 seconds
then goes off when you push the
electric parking brake switch with
the power mode in OFF.
●
Comes on for about 15 seconds
then goes off when you set the
power mode to OFF with the
parking brake applied.
●
Blinks and the electric parking brake
system indicator comes on at the same
time - There is a problem with the electric
parking brake system. The parking brake may
not be set.
●
Comes on when you pull the
electric parking brake switch
without depressing the brake
pedal.
●
Depress the brake pedal to release the parking
brake.
2 Parking Brake P. 518
Electric Parking
Brake System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system.
●
Comes on while driving - Avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator Comes On P. 645
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 86 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 522
Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 522
—
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 87 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the power system starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately stop
in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On P. 642
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
either when the power system is
on or after several seconds if the
power system did not start. If
“readiness codes” have not been
set, it blinks five times before it
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control
systems.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 667
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place
where there are no flammable objects. Stop
the power system for 10 minutes or more, and
wait for it to cool down. Then, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks P. 643
12-Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the power system is on.
●
Comes on when the 12-volt
battery is not charging.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger in
order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On P. 642
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 88 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Gear Position
Indicator
●
Indicates the current gear
selection.
2 Shifting P. 465
—
M (sequential
mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode
Gear Selection
Indicator
●
Comes on when the manual
sequential mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 471
—
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 89 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission
System Indicator
●
The indicated current gear
selection blinks if there is a
problem with the transmission
system.
●
Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop
in a safe place immediately.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
All the gear positions may light
for several seconds.
●
When all the gear positions light, immediately
stop your vehicle in a safe place.
●
Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your vehicle
to a dealer for inspection.
—
●
The indicated current gear
selection or all the gear positions
blink if there is a problem with
the transmission system, and the
vehicle no longer moves.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place.
2 Emergency Towing P. 657
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
The indicated current gear
selection or all the gear positions
blink if you cannot select
(P due
to the transmission system
failure.
●
The power system can be activated as a
temporary measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator
Blinks along with the Warning Message
P. 646
●
Set the parking brake when parking.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 90 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you set the power mode to
ON.
●
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on about a few seconds
later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you
and/or the front passenger has
not fastened a seat belt. The
beeper sounds and the indicator
blinks at regular intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten their
seat belts.
●
Stays on after you and/or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) -
A detection error may have occurred in the
sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 40
Low Fuel Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve
is running low (approximately 2.5
U.S. gal./9.5 Liter left).
●
Blinks if there is a problem with
the fuel gauge.
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
POWER SYSTEM
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric vehicle system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Power System Indicator Comes On
P. 647
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 91 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
92
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
High Temperature
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Blinks when the engine coolant
temperature goes up, and stays
on if the temperature continues
to rise.
●
Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to
prevent overheating.
●
Stays on while driving - Immediately stop in
a safe place and allow the engine to cool.
2 Overheating P. 640
Low Temperature
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when the engine
coolant temperature is low.
●
If the indicator stays on after the engine has
reached normal operating temperature, there
may be problem with the temperature
sensors. Have your vehicle inspected by a
dealer.
—
SPORT+ mode
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you press the
Dynamic Mode button if the
Sport+ mode was selected.
2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 474
—
READY Indicator
●
Comes on when the vehicle is
ready to drive.
2 Turning on the Power P. 457
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 92 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability but
no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 524
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any
of the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the Auto high-
beam are met.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 179
—
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 93 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
94
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA®.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
P. 506
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®) OFF
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 507
—
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 94 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
95
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Speed-sensitive
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the power system is on.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come on
at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes
On P. 644
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if the tire pressure of
any of the tires becomes
significantly low.
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a spare
tire
*
is temporarily installed.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with
a spare, get your regular tire repaired or
replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon
as you can.
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
●
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
●
Blink along with all turn signals
when you press the hazard
warning button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 582
—
High Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 95 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
96
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on when the light switch
in a position other than OFF or
when the switch is set to AUTO
and the exterior lights come on.
●
If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or
VEHICLE OFF while the exterior lights are on, a
chime sounds when the driver’s door is
opened.
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights
are on.
— —
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Comes on briefly when you set
the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if the immobilizer
system cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the power system.
Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, then
select the ON mode again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
—
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 96 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
97
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Security System
Alarm Indicator
●
Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 165
—
System Message
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on along with a beep
when a problem is detected. A
system message on the MID
appears at the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, roll the multi-
function steering wheel control to see the
message again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the MID. Take the appropriate action for the
message.
●
The MID does not return to the normal screen
unless the warning is canceled, or the multi-
function steering-wheel controls is rolled.
—
Keyless Access
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the keyless access
system or keyless starting system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 97 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
98
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 498
—
●
Comes on when the LKAS is in
operation, or the LKAS button is
pressed, but the temperature
inside the front sensor camera is
too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down
and the system activates normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
●
Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
●
May come on when driving in
bad weather (rain, snow, fog,
etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 98 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
99
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera
is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 99 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
100
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC with Low Speed
Follow.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow P. 477
—
●
Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents
the sensor from detecting a
vehicle in front.
●
May come on when driving in
bad weather (rain, snow, fog,
etc.)
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has
been automatically canceled.
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using
a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 100 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
101
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when ACC with Low
Speed Follow is in operation, but
the temperature inside the front
sensor camera is too high. ACC
with Low Speed Follow cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled down
and the system activates normally.
●
Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
●
May come on when driving in
bad weather (rain, snow, fog,
etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 101 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
102
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate
the CMBS
TM
. A multi-information
display message appears for five
seconds.
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 526
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 102 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
103
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using
a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
message does not disappear even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 526
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera
is too high. Use the climate control system to
cool down the camera. The system activates
when the temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 103 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
104
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Blind spot
information
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds
when you set the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
●
Stays on while blind spot
information system is turned off.
2 Customized Features P. 131
●
Comes on when mud, snow, or
ice accumulates in the vicinity of
sensor.
●
Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind spot information System P. 510
●
Comes on if there is a problem
with the system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 104 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
105
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the MID. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to see the message again with the system
message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely
closed.
●
Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
●
Appears when the hood is opened.
●
Close the hood.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 105 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
106
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the washer fluid is low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 581
●
Appears while you are customizing the settings and the
transmission is in other than (P.
2 Customized Features P. 131
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the
12-volt battery.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the 12-Volt Battery P. 600
●
Appears along with the battery charging system
indicator when the battery is not charging.
●
Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger to
reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 642
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 106 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
107
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
●
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-
Information Display (MID) P. 566
●
Appears when there is a problem with the power
tailgate system.
●
Manually open or close the power tailgate.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 107 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
108
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the starter system.
●
Hold the POWER button up to 15 seconds to start the
power system.
2 Turning on the Power P. 457
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or ON.
2 Turning on the Power P. 457
●
Appears three seconds after you bring the keyless
access remote in front of the POWER button when To
Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button appears. To
Start Engine: Brake + Push appears sequentially.
●
Unless you bring the keyless access remote in front of
the POWER button, this message does not appear.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 636
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 108 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
109
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 POWER Button P. 171
●
Appears when you close the door with the power mode
is in ON without the keyless access remote inside the
vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 173
●
Appears when the keyless access remote’s battery
becomes weak.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 601
●
Appears if the keyless access remote’s battery is too
weak to start the power system or the key is not within
operating range to start the power system.
The beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the keyless access remote in front of the POWER
button to be touched with.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 636
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 109 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
110
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the transmission system temperature is
too high.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place in (P.
●
Let the engine idle until the message disappears.
●
Appears when you turn the power system on with the
transmission not in (P.
●
Press the (P button.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the electric system.
●
Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while
driving.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place and set the parking
brake.
●
Continue driving if the message goes off soon after.
●
If there is a problem with the transmission system, the
transmission system indicator comes on.
2 Transmission System Indicator P. 90
●
Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when the
transmission is in (N.
●
Release the accelerator pedal.
After that, depress the brake pedal and change the
transmission position.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 110 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
111
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you attempt to put the transmission into
another gear position with the transmission in (P and
the engine OFF.
●
To select another gear position while in (P the engine
must be ON.
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position after
the position has automatically been changed to (P with
the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat belt
unfastened.
●
Press the (P button If you leave the vehicle.
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the driver’s
seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the
vehicle may roll unintentionally.
●
Press the (P button before release the brake pedal
when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.
2 Shift Operation P. 467
●
Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed the
(N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 469
●
Appears when you press and hold (N button for more
than 2 seconds.
●
Disappears when you set the gear position to other than
(N.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 469
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 111 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
112
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without depressing the brake pedal.
●
Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
●
Appears when you try to change the gear position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
●
Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a
shift button.
●
Appears when the (P button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
●
Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the
vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is
reversing.
●
Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ON without
fastening the driver’s seat belt.
●
Appears when you change the gear position after (P
has been automatically selected with the driver’s door
open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then the brake
pedal is released.
●
Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
2 Shift Operation P. 467
●
Appears when you press the (P button but it is not
engaged due to low ATF temperature.
●
Depress the brake pedal until this message disappear.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 112 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
113
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when pressing the Dynamic Mode button.
u Press again to change the next mode.
2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 474
●
Appears if there is a problem with the active damper
system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this icon
on, your vehicle has limited damping ability without the
active damper system.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the cooling system.
●
Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
on. When conditions allow you to drive safety, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system.
●
Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the
beeper does not stop even after you clean the area,
have the system checked by a dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 113 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
114
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 522
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 522
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the
automatic brake hold is in operation.
●
Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 522
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 522
2 Parking Brake P. 518
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 114 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
115
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high-beam.
●
Manually operate the headlight switch.
●
If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
●
Appears if the temperature inside the camera is too
high and either the auto high beams are in operation or
the headlight switch is turned to AUTO.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has cooled down. To resume
the system, turn the headlight switch to AUTO.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
●
Appears when the area around the camera is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow,
fog, etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
comes back on after you have cleaned the area around
the camera.
●
Appears after the 12-volt battery charging system
indicator comes on.
●
Your vehicle has less ability to accelerate and may be
harder to start on an incline.
●
Contact a dealer immediately.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the acoustic vehicle
alerting system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 115 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
116
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the high voltage battery temperature is
too low to operate (approx. –22°F [–30°C] or below).
●
You can start the engine and use the climate control
system to warm up the interior, which will also warm
the high voltage battery enough for you to drive the
vehicle.
●
The engine speed does not increase even if you fully
depress the accelerator pedal.
●
Appears when the high voltage battery and other
system control temperatures are too low to operate
(approx. –40°F [–40°C] or below).
●
You must wait for an increase in the ambient
temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.
●
Consult a dealer.
●
Appears when the high voltage battery is running
extremely low due to continuous slow driving.
●
Driving at low speed for a long time decreases the
amount of electricity generated, leading to high voltage
battery drain.
●
Appears when the high voltage battery is drained even
further and a stop is needed to charge the battery.
●
Stop in a safe place in (P, then charge the high voltage
battery by idling the engine.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 642
●
Appears while the high voltage battery is being charged
with the engine running after the vehicle is parked with
an extremely low battery level.
●
Do not drive the vehicle until Ready To Drive appears.
2 READY Indicator P. 92
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 116 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
117
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the rear motor fluid temperature is
extremely low.
●
The vehicle speed is temporarily limited up to 81 mph
(130 km/h).
This is canceled after the fluid temperature rises.
●
Appears if the AWD system has a problem due to a
hybrid system or power distribution control failure.
●
Set the power mode to OFF, then set it back to ON.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
appears again.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 117 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
118
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you.
●
Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 526
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when ACC with Low Speed Follow has been
automatically canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves.
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch up.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when the vehicle speed slows down to 25 mph
(40 km/h) and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the
ACC with Low Speed Follow range while ACC with Low
Speed Follow is in operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
and the vehicle ahead of you goes out of the ACC with
Low Speed Follow range.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when the distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with
Low Speed Follow is in operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 118 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
119
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you is too close.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the transmission is not in (D.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 119 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
120
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the parking brake is applied.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
2 Parking Brake P. 518
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 120 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
121
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if ACC with Low Speed Follow is canceled
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with
Low Speed Follow. The beeper sounds.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch down
while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is
depressed.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 477
●
Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door
while the power system is on by two-way keyless access
remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback P. 459
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 121 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
122
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display (MID) Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 498
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected lane. The system also steers
the vehicle to help you remain within your driving
lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 493
●
You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only
can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 131
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system
related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically.
The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 84
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 122 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
123
Continued
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, high voltage battery
charge level gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the power
mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 123 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uGauges
124
Instrument Panel
Shows the remaining high voltage battery charge level.
■
High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
1High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge
The high voltage battery charge level may decrease
under the following conditions:
• When the 12-volt battery has been replaced.
• When the 12-volt battery has been disconnected.
• When the high voltage battery control system
corrects its reading.
The charge level reading will be corrected
automatically while driving.
Changes in the temperature of the high voltage
battery can increase or decrease the battery’s
charging capacity. If temperature changes cause the
battery’s capacity to change, the number of
indicators in the battery charge level gauge may also
change, even if the amount of charging remains the
same.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 124 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
125
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
MID
The MID shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other
gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful
information.
■
Main displays
Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
Blank Instant Fuel
Economy/
Average Fuel
Economy
Range Elapsed Time Average Speed
SH-AWD®/
Dynamic Mode
Vehicle
Settings
Tire Pressure
for Each Tire
Engine Oil Life
Turn-by-Turn
Directions
Multi-function Steering-
wheel Controls
Compass
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 125 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
126
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
■
Lower displays
Press the TRIP button to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
■
Odometer
TRIP Button
Outside Temperature
Trip A
Trip B
Odometer
TRIP
TRIP
TRIP
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 126 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
127
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■
Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button until the trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■
Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.
■
Trip Meter
■
Outside Temperature
■
Average Fuel Economy
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the TRIP button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is located in the front
bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the MID’s customized features to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 131
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 131
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 127 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
128
Instrument Panel
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
estimated distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since Trip A or Trip B was
reset.
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 131
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 131
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 128 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
129
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
The indicators on the display show the
amount of torque being transferred to the
right front, left front, right rear, and left rear
wheels.
2 SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®) P. 509
Shows the current mode for Dynamic Mode.
2 Integrated Dynamics System P. 474
■
Compass
Shows the compass screen.
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
When driving guidance is provided by the navigation system or Android Auto, turn-
by-turn directions to your destination appear.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
2 Android Auto P. 310
■
SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor
■
Current Mode for Dynamic Mode
■
Navigation
1Navigation
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 129 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
130
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 565
Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist P. 513
■
Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 130 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
131
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
Use the MID to customize certain features.
■
How to customize
Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the multi-function steering-wheel
controls while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push
the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
■
Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls.
2 List of customizable options P. 134
2 Example of customization settings P. 139
Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The
customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.
Put the transmission into
(P before you attempt to
change any customized setting.
Customizing is also available from the information
screen.
You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the
multi-information display while the information
screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features P. 362
Multi-function Steering-
wheel Controls
Roll: Changes the
customize menus and
items.
Push: Enter the selected
item.
MID: Goes to Vehicle Settings.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 131 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
132
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
■
Customization flow
Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls to select Vehicle Settings and push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
Vehicle Settings
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Beep
Driver Assist System Setup
Meter Setup
Driving Position Setup
Keyless Access Setup
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
ACC Display Speed Unit
Push
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Info
Easy Entry/Exit
Roll
Walk Away Auto Lock
Push
Keyless Access Light Flash
Roll
Turn by Turn Display
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Reverse Alert Tone
Remote Start System On/Off
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Push
Push
Push
Push
Roll
Roll
Roll
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 132 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
133
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
Exit
Door Setup
Dynamic Mode Setup
Default All
Lighting Setup
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Auto Folding Door Mirror
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Roll
Push
Push
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Roll
Power Tailgate Setup
Push
Power Open By Outer Handle
Keyless Open Mode
Push
Maintenance Info.
Roll
Push
Preferred Dynamic Mode
Roll
Roll
Roll
Push
Maintenance Reset
Security Relock Timer
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 133 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
134
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driver Assist
System Setup
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes at which distance forward collision
warning alerts.
Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system detects
a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC
with Low Speed Follow range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
Changes the speed unit for ACC with Low Speed
Follow on the MID.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/Warning
Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info Changes the setting for the blind spot information.
Audible And Visual Alert
*1
/
Visual Alert/Off
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 134 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
135
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English
*1
/Français/Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F (U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C (Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
Reverse Alert Tone
Causes the beeper to sound once when the change
the gear position to
(R.
On
*1
/Off
Turn by Turn Display
Select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 135 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
136
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driving
Position
Setup
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Easy Entry/Exit
Moves the seat rearward and steering wheel fully up
when you get in/get out of the vehicle. Changes the
setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering Wheel
*1
/
Seat Only/Steering Wheel
Only/Off
Keyless
Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver’s Door or Tailgate
Only
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock
the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System
On/Off
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the automatic locking the
doors when you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the keyless access remote.
On/Off
*1
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 136 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
137
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec
*1
/15sec
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec
*1
/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed
*1
/Shift
From P/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted To Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
Auto Folding Door
Mirror
Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.
Auto Fold With Keyless
*1
/
Manual Only
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 137 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
138
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Power
Tailgate Setup
Keyless Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime
*1
/When Unlocked
Power Open By Outer
Handle
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by
tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual Only)/On
(Power/Manual)
*1
Dynamic
Mode Setup
Preferred Dynamic
Mode
Changes the Dynamic Mode setting for when you
set the power mode to ON.
Last Used
*1
/Comfort/
Normal/Sport
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you
have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/Reset
Default All —
Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.
Cancel/Set
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 138 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
139
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Continued
Instrument Panel
■
Example of customization settings
The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are
shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls to select Vehicle Settings, then
push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until Meter Setup appears on the
display.
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
u Language Selection appears first on
the display.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 139 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
140
uuGauges and Multi-Information Display (MID)uMID
Instrument Panel
4. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until “Trip A” Reset Timing
appears on the display, then push the multi-
function steering-wheel controls.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Refueled, IGN Off,
Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls and select When Refueled, then
push the multi-function steering-wheel
controls.
u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
6. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel
controls until Exit appears on the display,
then push the multi-function steering-
wheel controls.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 140 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
141
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 142
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 143
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength......................................... 144
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 145
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 154
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 156
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 157
Tailgate.............................................. 158
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 165
Security System Alarm...................... 165
Opening and Closing the Windows ...168
Moonroof .......................................... 170
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
POWER Button................................. 171
Turn Signals..................................... 174
Light Switches.................................. 175
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 178
Daytime Running Lights ................... 178
Auto High-Beam .............................. 179
Wipers and Washers ........................ 182
Brightness Control ........................... 186
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button . 187
Driving Position Memory System ...... 188
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 190
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 191
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 192
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats ...................................... 194
Second Row Seats ........................... 197
Third Row Seats............................... 206
Armrest ........................................... 207
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights .................................. 209
Interior Convenience Items .............. 211
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 222
Rear Climate Control System ........... 229
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 233
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 141 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
142
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does
not need to be adjusted.
You can adjust the time manually in the information screen with the power mode in
ON.
■
Using the Settings menu on the information screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock
Adjustment.
3. Rotate to change hour, then move .
4. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move to select a secondary menu.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 362
You can turn the clock display in the information
screen on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 362
You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is
moving.
Except Canadian models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 142 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
143
Continued
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to turn on and off the power
system, and to lock and unlock all the doors
and tailgate. You can also use the keyless
access system to lock and unlock all the doors
and tailgate.
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the keyless access remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
keyless access remote until it clicks.
1Key Types and Functions
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 165
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the power
system may not activate, and the keyless access
system may not work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely turn the power system on using the
two-way keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback P. 459
■
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Built-in Key
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 143 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
144
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/
unlocking the doors and tailgate, or to activate the power system.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, or activating the
power system may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot activate the
power system, contact a dealer.
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote
and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 144 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
145
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the keyless access remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors and the
tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate
within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of
the outside door handle or tailgate outer
handle.
■
Using the Keyless Access System
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
the doors and tailgate.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 209
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless
access system, the doors and tailgate will
automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 145 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
146
Controls
■
Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the door lock button on the front or rear
doors, or on the tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
1Using the Keyless Access System
• Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate
while someone else with the remote is within
range.
• The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless access remote is within range.
• If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door
sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond
by unlocking the doors.
• After locking the door, you have up to two seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least two seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
• The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
• Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the
keyless access remote if it is above or below the
outside handle.
• The keyless access remote may not operate if it is
too close to the door and door glass.
Door Lock Button
Lock Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 146 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
147
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■
Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door or rear door
handle:
u All doors and the tailgate unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press and hold the tailgate outer handle:
u The tailgate unlocks and opens.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 164
1Using the Keyless Access System
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
can be customized using the information screen or
MID.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
When you go into the keyless access system working
range with all the doors locked, the LED puddle lights
come on for 30 seconds.
The lights do not come on if you have previously
stayed within the range for more than two minutes,
or the doors have been locked for a few days.
The feature activates again after you drive the
vehicle, then lock the doors.
You can also unlock and open with the power
tailgate.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 164
Tailgate Outer
Handle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 147 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
148
Controls
■
Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk
away auto lock®)
When you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the keyless access remote, the doors
will automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors and tailgate are closed, and the keyless
access remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m)
radius of the outside door handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access
remote and close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond
about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and
remain outside this range for 2 or more
seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors and tailgate will then
lock.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the information screen or multi-information
display (MID).
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
information screen or the MID, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the keyless access
remote will continue to flash until the doors are
locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be delayed until all doors and tailgate are closed.
Under the following circumstances, the auto lock
function will not activate:
• The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
• The keyless access remote is taken out of its
operational range before all the doors are closed.
uThe beeper will not sound.
uThe beeper will sound.
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 148 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
149
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the keyless access remote on you,
move out of the auto lock function
operation range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock®)
You must wait until the power tailgate fully closes
before the auto lock function will be activated.
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
• The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
• A door or the hood is not closed.
• The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
• The keyless access remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
• The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window.
• You are located too close to the vehicle.
• The keyless access remote is put inside the tailgate.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close
a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 149 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
150
Controls
■
Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
and tailgate lock, and the security system
sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■
Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
*1:
Checking Door Lock Status P. 153
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote
transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically
relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or
the tailgate is open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 601
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
LED
*1
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 150 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
151
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key
instead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 601
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors and tailgate lock at the same time. When
unlocking, the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the
key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the
remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
Lock
Unlock
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 151 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
152
Controls
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using
the key, you can lock the door without it.
■
Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.
■
Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■
Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside
the vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
and tailgate lock at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 152 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
153
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless access remote from extended
distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds
one of the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
■
Checking Door Lock Status
1Checking Door Lock Status
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range
required for unlocking the tailgate and all the doors
as well as activating the panic function is the same as
that required for operating the standard keyless
access remote.
When checking the door lock status, you can also
turn the power system on or off.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback P. 459
Red
Green
Amber
Lock
Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 153 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
154
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■
Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■
Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all of the other doors and the tailgate
lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 154 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
155
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the MID or information screen.
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 156
Inner Handle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 155 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
156
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all the doors and the tailgate.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■
When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
To Unlock
Master Door Lock Switch
To Lock
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Lock
Unlock
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 156 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
157
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
■
Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15
km/h).
■
Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the information
screen or MID.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 157 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
158
Controls
Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 80
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area while the engine is idling, do not stand in
front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
3
WARNING
Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate
that is being opened or closed can be
seriously injured.
Make sure that all people are clear of the
tailgate before opening or closing it.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 158 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
159
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Continued
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter or driver's door, or pressing the outer handle or button on the
tailgate.
The power tailgate can be opened/closed when the transmission is in
(P.
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
NOTICE
Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or
closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if
children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
• You start the power system while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing.
• The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
• The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
• The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing a power tailgate while
any part of a passenger is in the tailgate’s
operating path can cause serious injury.
Make sure all passengers or objects are
clear of the tailgate operating range
before opening or closing the tailgate.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 159 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
160
Controls
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will reverse direction.
■
Customizing when to open the tailgate
Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the 12-volt battery or the power
tailgate fuse while the tailgate is open, the power
tailgate may be disabled. The power tailgate resumes
once you manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Acura
genuine accessories on the power tailgate may
prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the
power tailgate is still open, or closing.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.
Power
Tailgate
Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 160 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
161
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
To open or close the power tailgate, press the
power tailgate button for about one second.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will reverse direction.
If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for
no longer than one second, the tailgate opens
automatically.
u The beeper sounds.
u If you want to open the tailgate
manually, press the outer handle for
more than one second.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 164
If you are carrying the keyless access remote,
you do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
If you press the outer handle again while the
power tailgate is moving, it will reverse
direction.
■
Using the Power Tailgate Button
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Power Tailgate Button
■
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
• Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can unlock the tailgate while someone
else with the remote is within range.
• Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the
cargo area and close the tailgate. The beeper
sounds and the tailgate cannot be closed.
You can change the power tailgate operation setting
on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
Outer Handle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 161 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
162
Controls
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
u The beeper sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will reverse direction.
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
■
Using the Tailgate Inner Button
Tailgate Inner
Button
■
Auto-Closer
1Auto-Closer
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press
and hold the tailgate outer handle while the power
tailgate is closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 162 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
163
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
■
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 163 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
164
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
Controls
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked.
Press the outer handle of the tailgate and lift
open the tailgate.
If you are carrying the keyless access remote,
you do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.
If you close the tailgate when the driver’s door
is locked, the tailgate locks automatically.
1Opening/Closing the Tailgate
• Do not leave the keyless access remote in the
vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the keyless access
remote, you can unlock the tailgate while someone
else with the remote is within range.
• Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the
cargo area and close the tailgate. The beeper
sounds and the tailgate cannot be closed.
Outer Handle
Inner Handle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 164 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
165
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use
electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the POWER
button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■
When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash.
■
To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system, or set
the power mode to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security system alarm continues for a maximum
of two minutes until the security system alarm
deactivates.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 165 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
166
Controls
■
Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or keyless access system.
■
When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds.
■
To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter or keyless access system, or when the power mode is set to ON. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter,
or keyless access system.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 166 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
167
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■
The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■
Canceling panic mode
• Press any button on the remote transmitter.
• Set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 167 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
168
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors.
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power
window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not pushed in,
indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s
seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■
Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close
Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switches
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
Driver’s Window
Switch
Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 168 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
169
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows at the
desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.
■
Opening the Windows with the Remote
1Opening the Windows with the Remote
If you open the windows with the remote, the
moonroof will open automatically along with them.
Unlock
Button
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
1Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
If you open/close the windows with the key, the
moonroof will open/close automatically along with
them.
Close
Open
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 169 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
170
Controls
Moonroof
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in
the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■
Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof automatically opens or closes
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
pull or push the switch briefly.
■
Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■
Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
■
Using the Moonroof Switch
1Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes
after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2 Opening the Windows with the Remote
P. 169
2 Opening/Closing the Windows with the
Key P. 169
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close
Tilt
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 170 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
171
Continued
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
POWER Button
■
Changing the Power Mode
1POWER Button
POWER Button Operating Range
You can start the power system when the keyless
access remote is inside the vehicle.
The power system may also start if the keyless access
remote is close to the door or window, even if it is
outside the vehicle.
If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting
low, the power system may not start when you press
the POWER button. If the power system does not
start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 636
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories in this
position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can be used.
Press the button.
Indicator
Without pressing the
brake pedal
Press the button without the transmission in
(P.
Press the button with the transmission in
(P.
Put the transmission into
(P.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 171 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
172
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the 12-volt battery.
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.
■
Automatic Power Off
■
Power Mode Reminder
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 172 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
173
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
Controls
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the
keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If
the buzzer continues even after the remote is
put back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■
When the power mode is in ON
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the MID notifies the driver inside that the
remote is outside of the vehicle.
■
When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the
system’s operational range, and the driver’s door is
closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the power system has been turned on, you can
no longer change the POWER button mode or
restart the power system. Always make sure if the
remote is in your vehicle when you operate the
POWER button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the
dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the
warning buzzer to go off. Under some other
conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating
the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even
if the remote is within the system’s operational
range.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 173 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
174
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■
One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Right Turn
Left Turn
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 174 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
175
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Continued
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■
High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■
Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■
Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■
Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in
(P.
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is taken out of
(P and the
parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 96
Do not leave the lights on when the power system is
off because it will cause the 12-volt battery to
discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic
headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts
the vertical angle of the high/low beam headlights. If
you find a significant change in the vertical angle of
the headlights, there may be a problem with the
system. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Models without automatic headlight adjusting system
Models with automatic headlight adjusting system
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 175 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
176
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights come on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
Setting The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
Light Sensor
U.S. models
Bright
Dark
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 176 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
177
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver’s door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
■
Headlight Integration with Wiper
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 177 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
178
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is in AUTO or .
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 178 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
179
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Continued
Controls
Auto High-Beam
The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the
lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at
night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high
beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator
comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
• The power mode is in ON.
• The light switch is in AUTO.
• The lever is in the low beam position.
• The headlights have been automatically
activated.
• It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have
been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on.
• Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam system does not always operate
in every situation. This system is just for assisting the
driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch
the headlights between high beam and low beam
manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can
recognize varies depending on conditions
surrounding your vehicle.
Regarding the handling of the camera mounted to
the inside of the windshield, refer to the following.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
• Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
• Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
• When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
• Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
■
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Light Switch
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 179 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
180
Controls
■
Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam
When auto-high beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low
beam based on the following conditions.
■
Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam
If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam,
follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high-
beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever:
Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about
one second while driving.
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will
come on.
Using the light switch:
Turn the light switch to .
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
Switching to high beam: Switching to low beam:
All of the following conditions must
be met before the high beams turn
on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 45 mph (72
km/h) or more.
●
There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights
or taillights turned on.
●
There are few street lights on the
road ahead.
One of the following conditions
must be met before the low beams
turn on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 30 mph (48
km/h) or less.
●
There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or
taillights turned on.
●
There are many street lights on
the road ahead.
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system
may not switch the headlights properly or the
switching timing may be changed. In case of the
automatic switching operation does not fit for your
driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
• The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
• Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
• Surrounding light sources, such as street lights,
electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating
the road ahead.
• The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
• The road is bumpy or has many curves.
• A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or
oncoming direction.
• Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
• A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle.
• The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers.
• The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low
beam when:
• Windshield wipers are operating.
• The camera has been detected a dense fog.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 180 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
181
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or
on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the
vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
once, release the lever.
■
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system
does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or
on.
AUTO Position
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 181 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
182
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■
MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■
Wiper switch (OFF, AUTO, LO, HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■
Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
■
Windshield Wipers/Washers
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield
*
to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.
MIST
AUTO
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 182 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
183
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■
Auto sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
• Cleaning the windshield
• Driving through a car wash
• No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 183 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
184
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
■
Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■
Washer ( )
Sprays on the rear window while you rotate
the switch to this position.
Hold it to activate the rear wiper and to spray
the washer. Once released, the washer spray
will stop and the rear wiper will return to its
selected switch setting after a few sweeps.
■
Operating in reverse
When you select the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the
rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
■
Rear Wiper/Washer
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Windshield Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation
Intermittent Intermittent
Low speed wipe
High speed wipe
Continuous
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 184 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
185
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Turn the headlights on and press the
headlight washer button to operate.
The headlight washers also operate when you
turn the windshield washers for the first time
after the power mode is set to ON.
■
Headlight Washers
Canadian models
1Headlight Washers
The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as
the windshield washers.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 185 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
186
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Press the
(+ button.
Dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
will be returned to the previous display.
■
Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the MID
while you are adjusting it.
1Brightness Control
The brightness of the instrument panel will be
reduced when the following conditions:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The light switch is in any position other than OFF
and it is dark outside.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, press the
(+ button
until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper
sounds.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
(+ Button
(- Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 186 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
187
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
Heated Windshield Button
*
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield at the wiper park area and
along the driver side edge of the windshield
when the power mode is in ON.
The heated windshield will automatically
switch off after 15 minutes.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged. Also, do not
use the system for a long time while the power
system is stopped. This may weaken the 12-volt
battery, making it difficult to turn the power system
on.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside
temperature is below 41°F (5°C), the heated door
mirror may automatically activate for 10 minutes.
1Heated Windshield Button
*
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use
the system for a long period when the power system
is stopped. This may weaken the 12-volt battery,
making it difficult to turn the power system on.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside
temperature is below 39°F (4°C), the heated
windshield may automatically activate for up to 15
minutes.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 187 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
188
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar), steering wheel and door
mirror positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or keyless
access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat
adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically.
The steering wheel and the seat will move to the stored position when you set the
power mode to ACCESSORY.
When you enter the vehicle, the MID briefly shows you which remote transmitter
you used to unlock the vehicle.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The driver’s seat moves rearward and steering
wheel fully up depending on the set seating
position once you
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in
(P.
• Turn the power system off.
• Then open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat and steering wheel
moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the information screen or MID, you can disable
the automatic seat, steering wheel and door mirrors
adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
The driver’s seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/
OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
System Operation
The system will not operate if:
• The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h).
• Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat or steering wheel is in motion.
• The seat or steering wheel position is adjusted
while in operation.
• The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 188 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
189
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat, the steering wheel and the
door mirrors to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beeper, and the
memory button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button
(1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat, the steering wheel and
the outside mirror positions have been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on and you will
hear the double-beep.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button (
(1 or (2).
u You will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.
The seat, the steering wheel and the door
mirrors will automatically move to the
memorized positions. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
• You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
• You readjust the seat, the steering wheel or the
outside mirror position before the double-beep.
• You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2SET Button
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat, the steering wheel and the door mirrors will
stop moving if you:
• Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2.
• Adjust the seat position, door mirrors, or steering
wheel.
• Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
Memory Buttons
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 189 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
190
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
Push and hold the adjustment switch to move
the steering wheel in, out, up or down.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Adjustment Switch
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 190 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
191
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror and
power door mirrors
*
reduce the glare from
headlights behind you, based on inputs from
the mirror sensor. This feature is always active.
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door
Mirrors
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 194
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 191 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
192
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is set to ON.
■
Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■
Folding door mirrors
Press the fold button to fold the door mirrors.
If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the transmission into
(R; this improves close-
in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you take
the transmission out of
(R.
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Fold Button
■
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
Selector Switch
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 192 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
193
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
■
Folding the door mirrors
Lock all doors from outside the vehicle.
u The mirrors start folding automatically.
2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 143
■
Unfolding the door mirrors
Unlock the driver’s or all doors from outside the vehicle.
u The mirrors start unfolding automatically.
2 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 143
■
Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function
1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function
Door mirrors will not unfold automatically if fold
button is pressed.
2 Folding door mirrors P. 192
You can turn the automatic folding door mirror
function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking
from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door
lock switch.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 193 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
194
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■
Adjusting the front power seats
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 194 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
195
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Continued
Controls
■
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
Press the top: To move the lumbar support
up.
Press the bottom: To move the lumbar
support down.
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
Lumbar
Support
Adjustment
Switch
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 195 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
196
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 196 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
197
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Continued
Controls
Second Row Seats
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
1Second Row Seats
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
3
WARNING
An unsecured seat or seat-back can move
out of position or collapse without warning
if there is sudden acceleration or stop or in
a crash.
A seat or seat-back that suddenly moves or
collapses can result in severe injury or
death.
Always make sure all seats and seat-backs
are securely locked into position before
driving.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to change
the angle.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Models with bench seat
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 197 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
198
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Controls
Models with captain seat
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to change
the angle.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 198 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
199
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Controls
Pressing the button on the seat-back, or seat
cushion tilts the second row outer seat's seat-
back forward.
u The whole seat slides forward.
Pulling up on the strap also tilts the seat-back
forward.
■
Third Row Seat Access
1Third Row Seat Access
The button is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to
trip over the second row seat belt.
Strap
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 199 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
200
Controls
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the second row seat to make room
for cargo.
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the
anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 44
3. Lower the center head restraint to its lowest position. Put the armrest back into
the seat-back.
4. Pull up on the seat-back angle adjustment
lever.
To return the seat to the original position, pull
up the seat-back in the upright position.
■
Folding Down the Second Row Seat
1Folding Down the Second Row Seat
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 60
The front seats must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the second row seats as they
fold down.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are
positioned in front of the seat-back.
Make sure the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in
the holding slot.
Models with bench seat
Models with bench seat
Lever
All Models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 200 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
201
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Continued
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■
Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint
Positions
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 201 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
202
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
Front
Second row outer
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 202 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
203
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
A passenger sitting in the second row center
seating position should adjust the height of
their head restraint to an appropriate position
before the vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint
Position
*
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
Front and second row head restraints
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 203 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
204
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
A passenger in the third row seating position
should put the head restraint in the upright
position before the vehicle begins moving.
To fold down the head restraint:
Pull the handle.
To put the head restraint back in the
upright position:
Pull up the head restraint and push rearward
until it latches.
■
Folding Down the Third Row Head Restraint
Handle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 204 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
205
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the power
system is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 205 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
206
uuAdjusting the SeatsuThird Row Seats
Controls
Third Row Seats
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the third row seat to make room
for cargo.
■
To fold down the seat
1. Pull the handle on the seat-back fully.
u The head restraint tilts downward.
2. Push the seat-back forward while pulling
the handle.
■
To return the seat to the original position
1. Pull the seat-back up with the handle pulled.
2. Push the head restraint up to its original position.
■
Folding Down the Third Row Seat
1Folding Down the Third Row Seat
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the third row seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.
Handle
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back and head restraints are
securely latched back into place before driving.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 206 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
207
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Continued
Controls
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.
■
Using the Front Seat Armrest
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 207 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
208
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
Models with bench seat
Models with captain seat
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 208 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
209
Continued
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■
ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the tailgate and doors are open or
closed.
■
Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When the tailgate or any of the doors are
opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■
OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the tailgate or any doors are open or
closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the
following situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
• When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the 12-volt battery, do not leave
the interior light on for an extended length of time
when the power system is off.
If you leave any of the tailgate or doors open in
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off
after about 15 minutes.
Door Activated Position
Off
On
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 209 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
210
Controls
■
Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button.
■
Second and third row
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button when the
front interior light switch is in the door
activated position.
■
ON
The light comes on when you open the
tailgate, and goes off when closed.
■
OFF
The light stays off with or without opening the
tailgate.
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the button.
Front
Second and third row
■
Cargo Area Lights
Off
On
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 210 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
211
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Press the button to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
■
Removable shelf
The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To
remove it, disengage the tabs.
The removed shelf can be stored upside down
in the glove box.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
To Lock
Shelf
Tabs
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 211 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
212
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Pull the passenger’s side handle to open the
console compartment.
Pull the driver’s side handle to open the utility
tray in the console lid.
■
Console Tray
Slide or lift the tray when you use the console
compartment.
u To lift this tray, slide it rearward, then
pull it up.
■
Front and Rear
*
Console Compartment
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 212 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
213
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Press the raised detent to open the lid. To
close the lid, push it down until it latches.
Pull the handle to open the cargo floor lid.
■
Center Pocket
Press
■
Under-floor Storage Area
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 213 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
214
Controls
■
Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
■
Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of the front and rear
door side pockets.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
Front
Rear
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 214 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
215
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
■
Second row seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
Are located in the console between the
second row seats.
■
Third row seat beverage holders
Models with bench seat
Models with captain seat
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 215 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
216
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■
Accessory power socket (center pocket)
Open the lid and the cover to use it.
■
Accessory power socket (front console
compartment)
*
Pull the handle and open the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent 12-volt battery drain, only use the power
socket with the power system on.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 216 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
217
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■
Accessory power socket (cargo area)
Open the cover to use it.
The AC power outlet can be used when the power system is on.
Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance
slightly, turn it 90° clockwise, then push it all
the way.
■
AC Power Outlet
Canadian models
1AC Power Outlet
NOTICE
Do not use the AC power outlet for electric
appliances that require high initial peak wattage,
such as cathode-ray tube type televisions,
refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for
devices that process precise data, such as medical
equipment, and that require an extremely stable
power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for
up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or
less.
Continued use of any electric appliance/device
exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the
appliance/device.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 217 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
218
Controls
There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle
of both sides. Pull it down to use it.
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.
■
Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
■
Tie-down Anchors
1Tie-down Anchors
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Anchor
Anchor
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 218 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
219
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the
steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the
vehicle.
■
Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Press
■
Heated Steering Wheel
*
1Heated Steering Wheel
*
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the power system is off. Under such conditions,
the 12-volt battery may be weakened, making the
power system difficult to start.
Indicator
Heated Steering Wheel Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 219 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
220
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters and ventilators
*
.
1. Select .
2. Change the setting with one of the
following:
The Low icon: The LO setting (one indicator
on)
The Mid icon: The MID setting (two
indicators on)
The High icon: The HI setting (three
indicators on)
Auto: The system automatically selects the
setting most suitable to the ambient
environment.
Off: Turn off the system.
When the power mode is turned on after it is
turned off, the previous setting of front seat
heaters and ventilators
*
are maintained.
■
Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
even in LO when the power system is off. Under such
conditions, the 12-volt battery may be weakened,
making it difficult to turn the power system on.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one
level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The
elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Models with seat ventilation
Models without seat ventilation
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 220 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
221
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.
■
Second Row Outer Seat Heaters
*
1Second Row Outer Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
volt battery may be weakened, making it difficult to
turn the power system on.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one
level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The
elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
■
Integrated Sunshades
*
1Integrated Sunshades
*
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully
closed. Using the shade while a window is open can
unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting
anyone sitting near the window.
Tab
Hook
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 221 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
222
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the power system is on.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control switch.
3. Press the (On/Off) button to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed
while using the climate control system in auto, the
function of the button/icon that was pressed will take
priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may operate at low speed for a while after the
AUTO button has been pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
(On/Off) Button AUTO Button
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control Switch
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Driver’s Side
Temperature
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 222 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
223
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
In addition to the button/switch controls, you can operate the climate control system
from the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
touch screen.
■
Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
climate control settings are turned to the respective
mode automatically when you set the power mode to
ON.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
A/C (Air Conditioning) and
SYNC (Synchronization)
Icon
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Icon
Recirculation/
Fresh Air mode
Icon
Fan Control Icon
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Icon
Vent Mode Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 223 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
224
Controls
1. Select the driver’s or passenger’s side
temperature control icon.
2. Change the temperature setting from the
following:
Temperature bar: Select a point where your
desired temperature setting is.
Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the
right for a higher setting.
(+/(-: To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold (+/(-, the
temperature decreases or increases.
Max Cool: To rapidly cool down the interior.
u The A/C indicator comes on. The setting
returns to the previously selected value
when you select it again.
Max Heat: To rapidly warm up the interior.
u The A/C indicator goes off. The setting
returns to the previously selected value
when you select it again.
■
Changing the Interior Temperature Setting
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If you select the Max Heat during Auto Engine Stop,
the engine restarts automatically.
The side you selected.
Temperature Bar
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 224 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
225
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
■
Switching the vent mode
Select a desired vent mode icon, or Front
Mode Auto: The system automatically selects
the vent mode most suitable to the ambient
environment.
Vent mode
: Dashboard vents
: Dashboard and floor vents
: Floor vents
: Floor and defroster vents
■
A/C on and off
1. Select A/C.
2. Select On or Off.
1Switching the vent mode
While the climate control system is in auto, Front
Mode Auto is highlighted.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 225 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
226
Controls
■
SYNC on and off
1. Select SYNC.
2. Select On for synchronization mode.
u When in synchronization mode, the front
passenger’s side temperature and the
rear passenger compartment become
the same as the driver’s side settings.
3. Adjust the temperature or change the
mode from the driver’s side.
■
Changing the fan speed
1. Select .
u When the left or right side of the
is selected, the fan speed level goes up or
down one level at a time.
2. Change the fan speed with one of the
following:
The fan speed level indicators: Select your
desired speed level. The smaller indicator is
for a slower speed, and the larger for a
faster speed.
(+/(-: To go up or down one level at a
time.
Front Fan AUTO: The system automatically
selects the fan speed most suitable to the
ambient environment.
1SYNC on and off
When you press the button or select the Front
icon, the system synchronizes the driver’s and front
passenger’s temperature settings.
When the system is not in SYNC mode, the driver's
side temperature, the front passenger’s side
temperature and the rear passenger compartment (if
it is on) can be set separately.
You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the
front passenger’s side temperature or rear
passenger’s temperature.
1Changing the fan speed
While the climate control system is in auto, Front
Fan AUTO is highlighted.
Fan Speed Level Indicators
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 226 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
227
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Continued
Controls
Select or currently shown to
switch between the modes depending on
environmental conditions.
u Selecting or currently shown
changes the display to the Fresh Air/
Recirculation display. You can also
switch the mode by selecting or
icon appearing in the display.
(Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air
from the vehicle’s interior through the system.
(Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside
ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode
in normal situations.
■
Switching between the Recirculation and Fresh Air Modes
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 227 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
228
Controls
Pressing the button or selecting the Front
icon appearing after the vent mode icon is
selected turns the air conditioning system on
and automatically switches the system to fresh
air mode.
Press the button or select the Front
icon again to turn off, the system returns to
the previous settings.
■
To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button, or select the vent
mode icon and then the Front icon.
2. Select the recirculation mode.
2 Switching between the Recirculation
and Fresh Air Modes P. 227
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 228 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
229
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Continued
Controls
Rear Climate Control System
Use the system when the power system is on.
1. Select REAR.
2. Select Auto.
u The rear system changes to auto mode.
3. Adjust the rear passenger’s compartment temperature using the temperature
control icon.
4. Select the On/Off to cancel.
u When the turned back on, the system returns to your last selection.
■
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
1Rear Climate Control System
If any icons on the touch screen are pressed while
using the rear climate control system in auto, the
function of the icon that was pressed will take
priority.
Rear Lock: Appears on the front panel. When
selected, it disables the rear panel control.
LOCK: Appears on the rear control panel while the
rear lock is on.
If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear
control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the
rear control panel.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
(+/(- (Temperature Control)
Icon
On/Off Icon Auto Icon
Vent Mode Icon
Fan Speed Level
Indicators
Rear Lock Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 229 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
230
Controls
■
Changing the rear temperature setting
Change the temperature setting from the
following:
(+/(-: To raise or lower the temperature
setting one degree at a time.
While you select and hold
(+/(-, the
temperature decreases or increases.
■
Switching the vent mode
Select a desired vent mode icon.
Vent mode
: Rear console vents
: Rear console vents and floor vents
: Rear floor vents
1Changing the rear temperature setting
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
(+/(- (Temperature Control) Icon
Vent Mode Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 230 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
231
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Continued
Controls
■
Changing the fan speed
Change the fan speed with one of the
following:
The fan speed level indicators: Select your
desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for
a slower speed, and the larger for a faster
speed.
(+/(-: To go up or down one level at a time.
Fan Speed Level Indicators
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 231 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
232
Controls
Use the system when the power system is on.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control button.
3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button.
■
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
When the Rear Lock icon on the front control panel
is off, the temperature of the rear passenger
compartment can be controlled independently.
Rear floor
vents
Rear console
vents and
floor vents
Rear console
vents
/
(Fan Control)
Buttons
(On/Off) Button
Rear Temperature
Control Buttons
AUTO Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 232 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
233
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 233 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
234
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 234 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
235
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 236
USB Ports......................................... 237
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 240
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 240
Audio Remote Controls.................... 241
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 243
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
....... 244
Information Screen .......................... 248
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 256
Display Setup ................................... 257
Voice Control Operation .................. 258
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 261
Playing SiriusXM® Radio................... 264
Playing a CD .................................... 275
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ...278
Playing an iPod ................................ 291
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)...................... 294
Playing Pandora®
*1
........................... 298
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 300
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 303
Siri Eyes Free .................................... 305
Apple CarPlay .................................. 306
Android Auto................................... 310
Audio Error Messages ...................... 315
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 323
Rear Entertainment System (RES)
*
.. 342
Customized Features........................ 362
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ... 394
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 397
HFL Menus ...................................... 400
AcuraLink® ........................................ 438
*1: Available only on U.S. models.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 235 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
236
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play
audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio, USB flash drives, and
iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the remote controls on the steering wheel,
or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 323
SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs
*
, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are
not supported.
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
When the screen is viewed through polarized
sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the
screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If
this is disturbing, please operate the screen without
polarized sunglasses.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 236 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
237
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Continued
Features
USB Ports
■
In the front console compartment
Install the device USB connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port (2.5A).
u The USB port (2.5A) is for charging
devices, playing audio files and
connecting compatible phones with
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for
Android Auto, the USB cables should be
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with
USB 2.0 Standard.
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
1USB Ports
• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend that you use a USB cable if you are
attaching a USB flash drive to the USB port.
• Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
• Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
• We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
The USB port can supply up to 2.5A of power. It does
not output 2.5A unless requested by the device.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
USB charge
USB Port
(2.5A)
USB Ports (2.5A)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 237 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
238
Features
■
On the back of the front console
compartment
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
1USB Ports
These ports are for battery charge only. You cannot
play music even if you have connected a music player
to it.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
USB Ports (2.5A)
Models without rear console compartment
Models without rear entertainment
system
Models with rear entertainment
system
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 238 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
239
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Features
■
In the rear console compartment
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
■
On the back of the rear console
compartment
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
Models with rear console compartment
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 239 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
240
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack
Features
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect a standard audio
device.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the 12-volt battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the
system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■
Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
To switch to another mode or return to the AUX
mode, press the SOURCE button on the steering
wheel or select Source on the On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 240 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
241
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Continued
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allows you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the multi-information display (MID).
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® CD Rear DVD
*
HDD USB/iPod/Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®
*
AUX
Left Selector Wheel
Roll Up: To increase the volume.
Roll Down: To decrease the volume.
Push: To mute. Push again to unmute.
• When listening to the radio
Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station.
Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station.
To select the next channel. (SiriusXM® only)
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.
To select the previous channel. (SiriusXM® only)
• When listening to a CD, HDD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Move to the right and hold: To go to the next folder. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
Move to the left and hold: To go to the previous folder. (Bluetooth® Audio only)
1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be available.
If you operate some remote control switch while rear
source mode is selected, the rear source mode
changes to the front source mode.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 244
Models with rear entertainment system
Left Selector Wheel
SOURCE Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 241 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
242
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
• When listening to a CD, HDD or USB flash drive
Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder.
Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Pandora®
*
Move to the right: To skip to the next track.
Move to the right and hold: To select the next station.
Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 242 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
243
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or ENTER/MENU
button to access phone, information or
smartphone functions.
Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button):
Rotate left or right to scroll through the
available choices. Press to set your selection.
Move right, left, up or down to select a
secondary menu.
Press to switch the display to the Information
Menu screen while the trip computer screen
or clock/wallpaper screen is displayed.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the information screen brightness.
Press once and make an adjustment
using the interface dial.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
1Audio System Basic Operation
Voice Control System
The navigation/audio system is voice operable.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 258
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select a secondary menu.
Audio function items
2 Preset Memory P. 262, 266
2 Radio Text P. 263
2 Music Search P. 276, 280, 292, 301
2 Scan P. 263, 274, 277, 281, 302
2 Random/Repeat P. 277, 282, 293, 302
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
audio system settings and preset memory are turned
to the respective mode automatically when you set
the power mode to ON.
(Day/Night)
Button
BACK Button
Interface Dial (ENTER/
MENU Button)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 243 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
244
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to operate the audio system.
Select Source, then select an item on the source list to switch the audio source.
Select Front/Rear to changes between the front side audio source selection and
rear side audio source selection.
2 Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel P. 356
■
Selecting an Audio Source
1On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.
Select or to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / icons to turn the page.
X
1Selecting an Audio Source
You can change the order of source list displayed.
1. Select Audio Menu, then Edit Source Order.
2. Select or .
You can also change the source order by pressing
and holding the source on the source list for two
seconds.
Select Source.
Source List
Front/Rear
*
Models with rear entertainment system
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 244 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Continued
Features
Select Audio Menu to display the menu items.
The following items are available:
• Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 244
• Sound Settings: Displays the Sound Settings screen.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 256
• Edit/Delete HDD Music (HDD mode): Displays the Edit/Delete HDD Music
screen.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 284
• Radio Text (FM mode): Displays the text information broadcast by the current
RDS station.
2 Radio text P. 263
■
Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Menu.
Menu Items
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 245 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
246
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
• SportsFlash (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SportsFlash
TM
list. If the favorite sport
team is not registered, the setup screen of SportsFlash
TM
is displayed.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 270
2 Customized Features P. 362
• Traffic & Weather Now (SiriusXM® mode): Displays to the Traffic & Weather
Now screen.
2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 272
• View Channel Schedule (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SiriusXM® channel
schedule.
• Audio Settings: Displays the Audio Settings screen.
2 Customized Features P. 362
• Screen Settings: Displays the Screen Settings screen.
2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 247
• RES Settings
*
: Displays the RES Settings screen.
2 Rear System Setup P. 360
2 Customized Features P. 362
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 246 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen
Settings.
2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
■
Changing the Screen Settings
1Changing the Screen Settings
The following are adjustable screen settings:
• Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instruments panel brightness.
• Brightness
• Contrast
• Black Level
• Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the
screen.
• Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Instead of using
(+, ( - or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 247 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
248
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Features
Information Screen
Displays the navigation, HFL information, clock/wallpaper, trip computer, Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.
Press the NAV, PHONE, INFO and SMARTPHONE buttons to go to the
corresponding display.
■
Switching the Display
Phone Info Smartphone
SMARTPHONE ButtonPHONE Button
NAV Button INFO Button
Navigation
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 248 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Continued
Features
■
Navigation
Shows the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 397
■
Info
Shows the AcuraLink/Messages, Trip Computer, Clock, Traffic Incidents,
Power Distribution Monitor or Voice Recognition Guide. Press or INFO
button to display the Information Menu screen.
AcuraLink/Messages:
Shows a AcuraLink® message menu list.
2 AcuraLink Message P. 442
Trip Computer:
Current Drive
Shows the range, instant and average fuel economy, and EV/total drive of the
current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
History of Trip A
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip,
as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three
driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 249 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
250
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Features
Deleting the history manually
1. Press on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History.
2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
Clock:
Shows a clock screen and an image you import.
Traffic Incidents:
Shows a traffic incidents list.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Power Distribution Monitor:
Displays the power flow monitor.
2 Power Distribution Monitor P. 251
Voice Recognition Guide:
Shows a voice recognition guide screen.
■
Smartphone
Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 306
2 Android Auto P. 310
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 250 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Features
■
Power flow monitor
Consists of the information screen showing the vehicle’s power flow and torque
distribution indicators.
Shows motor and engine power flow, indicating what supplies power to the vehicle,
or if the High Voltage battery is being charged.
■
Power Distribution Monitor
1Power Distribution Monitor
While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
running, the following may appear on the screen.
The High Voltage battery charge level gauge shows
the current High Voltage battery charge level.
High Voltage
Battery Charge
Level Gauge
Power flow pattern Color of indicators Vehicle’s Condition
Blue
Power is supplied by the
motors and the engine.
Torque Indicator
Engine Icon
Torque Indicator
Power Flow
Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 251 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
252
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Features
Power flow pattern Color of indicators Vehicle’s Condition
Blue
Power is only supplied by
the motors.
Blue
Power is only supplied by
the engine.
Green
The motors charge the
High Voltage battery.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 252 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Continued
Features
■
SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® torque distribution monitor
The indicators on the screen show the amount of torque being transferred to each
wheel or regenerative energy being supplied to the High Voltage battery.
2 SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
P. 509
How much regenerative braking is
being supplied to the High Voltage
battery is shown in four scales. The
indicators appear in green.
How much torque is being
transferred is shown in four scales.
The indicators appear in blue.
Torque Indicator Torque Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 253 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
254
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the information screen.
■
Import wallpaper
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port
(2.5A).
2 USB Ports P. 237
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/
Wallpaper Type.
4. Move to select Wallpaper tab.
u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
5. Rotate to select Options…, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select, Add
New Wallpaper.
6. Rotate to select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Rotate to select Start Import, then
press to save the data.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
• The file name must be fewer than 210 characters.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
• The individual file size limit is 10 MB.
• The maximum image size is 5,800 x 5,800 pixels.
• Up to 10 files can be saved for each driver (Driver 1
and Driver 2).
• If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 254 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Features
■
Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Set, then press .
u The display will return to the Clock Settings screen.
■
Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 255 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
256
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Sound
Settings.
2. Select the Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance,
Center, Subwoofer, SVC (Speed-sensitive
Volume Compensation) or DTS Neural
Surround.
3. Use
(+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.
Instead of using
(+, ( - or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 256 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness of the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
4. Rotate to adjust the setting.
5. Press .
u The display will return to the System
Settings screen.
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen
Settings.
2. Use
(+, (- to adjust the setting.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 257 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
258
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on the
steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice command P. 259
• Close the windows and moonroof.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in
the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 258 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
When the (Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep.
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.
■
Voice Portal Screen
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
• Tune to FM <87.7-107.9>
• Tune to AM <530-1710>
• SiriusXM Channel <0-999>
• SXM Channel <0-999>
• More
• Back
• Cancel
• Play Artist <Artist>
• Play <Artist>
• Play Album <Album>
• Play <Album>
• Play Song <Song>
• Play <Song>
• Play Composer <Composer>
• Play <Composer>
• Play Genre <Genre>
• Play <Genre>
• Play Playlist <Playlist>
• Play <Playlist>
• List Artist <Artist>
■
Navigation
■
Audio
• List <Artist>
• List Album <Album>
• List <Album>
• List Composer <Composer>
• List <Composer>
• List Genre <Genre>
• List <Genre>
• List Playlist <Playlist>
• List <Playlist>
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 259 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
260
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone command, the screen will change
the dedicated screen for the voice
recognition of the phone.
• Dial by Number
• Redial
• Back
• Cancel
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Dial <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Your Contact Name> <Type>
• Dial <Your Contact Name> <Type>
• Call <Voice Tag>
• Dial <Voice Tag>
Phone commands are not available if using
Apple CarPlay.
You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
• Navigation Commands
• Voice Settings
• Voice Recognition Guide
■
Phone
■
Voice Help
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 260 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Source
Select to change a band or
change an audio source.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current station
details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset radio frequency. Select and
hold the preset icon to store that station.
Select or to display preset 6 onwards.
Tune
Select to display the manual input
screen of radio frequency.
Stations
Select to display the station list
screen.
HD Radio List
Select to display the sub-channel
list screen.
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 261 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
262
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■
To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select Stations.
2. Select station on the list.
■
Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Stations.
2. Select Refresh on the list.
■
Preset Memory
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
You can control the AM/FM radio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 258
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 241
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio
TM
and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 262 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■
Radio frequency manual tune screen
1. Select Tune.
2. Enter the desired radio frequency using the
numeric keypad.
3. Select OK to tune into the frequency.
You can also tune into the radio frequency of
your choice following the procedures below
instead of inputting its frequency value.
1. Touch the desired frequency value on the
frequency bar.
2. Select and hold the frequency indicator,
then slide it to the desired frequency value
on the frequency bar.
■
Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Radio Text.
■
Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
Select SCAN.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
1Radio frequency manual tune screen
You can tune the range of FM frequency between
87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency
between 530 to 1710kHz.
Tune icons:
Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Seek icons:
Select or to search the selected band up
or down for a station with a strong signal.
Frequency
Indicator
Frequency Bar
Numeric Keypad
1Radio text
The text indicator comes on when you received a text
message. The indicator stays on until you read the
message.
The radio text information is not updated
automatically. If you want to display the latest
information, return to the previous screen and select
Radio Text again.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 263 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
264
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Category Up/Down Icons
Select or to display and select
a SiriusXM® Radio category.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current
channel details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Preset Icons
Tune the preset channel. Select and hold the
preset icon to store that channel. Select or
to display preset 4 onwards.
Tune
Select to display the channel
number input screen.
Presets/Controls
Select to change between the
Presets mode and Controls mode
of the Replay function.
Browse
Select to display the channel list of
Categories, Channels or Featured
Channels types.
Channel Up/Down Icons
Select or to the previous or
next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10
channels at a time.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 264 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 241
2 On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
P. 244
2. Select a channel using the , icons or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset
mode screen.
■
SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen
1. Select Tune.
2. Enter the desired channel number using the
numeric keypad.
3. Select OK to tune into the channel.
You can also tune into the channel of your
choice following the procedures below
instead of inputting its channel number.
1. Touch the desired channel number on the
channel bar.
2. Select and hold the channel indicator, then
slide it to the desired channel number on
the channel bar.
■
To Play SiriusXM® Radio
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can control the SiriusXM® radio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 258
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Tune Start:
When you change a channel, a song being played on
that channel restarts from the beginning with this
function. This can be turned on or off from the Play
the Song from the Beginning setting.
2 Customized Features P. 362
1SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen
Channel icons:
Select or to the previous or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
Channel Indicator Channel Bar
Numeric Keypad
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 265 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
266
Features
To change the tune mode:
1. Select Tune.
2. Select Channel/Category icon.
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Presets.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.
Channel/Category Icon
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 266 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
267
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
■
TuneMix
TM
(Multi-channel preset)
You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels and listen to them
randomly.
1. Tune a channel.
2. Select and hold the preset number you
want to store that channel.
3. Select Add.
4. Select Done to return the previous screen.
To delete a multi-channel preset:
1. Select and hold the preset number you want to delete that channel.
2. Select the channel icon.
3. Select Delete.
4. Select Done to return the previous screen.
1TuneMix
TM
(Multi-channel preset)
TuneMix
TM
is registered trademarks of SiriusXM®
Radio, Inc.
To store a multi-channel preset, you need to setup
the TuneMix setting to On.
2 Customized Features P. 362
TuneMix
TM
is available for music channels only.
Select and hold.
Channel Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 267 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
268
Features
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select Browse.
2. Select Featured Channels.
3. Select a channel.
You can check a channel schedule by selected channel list on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select View Channel Schedule.
You can also check the other channel by the following procedure.
3. Select Categories, Channels or Presets.
4. Select a channel.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
■
Displaying a Channel Schedule
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 268 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
269
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned
channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn
the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each
broadcast.
1. Select Presets/Controls to set the
Controls.
2. Select an option.
The following items are available:
: Pauses or plays a storing broadcast.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored channel.
: Skips to the next channel.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current selection.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current selection.
■
Returning to real-time broadcast
Select while listening to the playback channel.
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
(A)
(B)(C)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 269 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
270
Features
While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
your favorite teams.
■
To set up a sports alert
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select SiriusXM.
4. Select SportsFlash.
5. Select Notification, then select Enable.
6. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function at SiriusXM® mode only.
1To set up a sports alert
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
Selecting Enable once from customized settings
disables the alert feature next time you turn the
power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features P. 362
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 270 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
271
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
■
Receiving a sports alert
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert.
2. Select Listen Now.
The following items are available:
/: Pauses or plays a current sports alert.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored sports alert.
: Skips to the next stored sports alert.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current sports alert.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current sports alert.
Back: Returns to previous channel.
■
Listening to a missed sports alert
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select SportsFlash.
3. Select an item.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 271 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
272
Features
You can receive the SiriusXM® traffic and weather information service in SiriusXM®
mode.
■
To set up a traffic & weather information
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select SiriusXM.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
5. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the
information, select No City Selected.
■
Traffic and Weather Information
1Traffic and Weather Information
The traffic and weather information function in
SiriusXM® mode only.
Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of
SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
1To set up a traffic & weather information
When you listen to the traffic and weather
information service, set up the applicable city using
Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 272 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
■
Listening a traffic and weather information
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Traffic & Weather Now.
The following items are available:
/: Pauses or plays a stored broadcast.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored channel.
: Skips to the next channel.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current broadcast.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current broadcast.
Back: Returns to previous channel.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 273 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
274
Features
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls.
2. Select SCAN.
3. Select Scan Channels or Scan Presets.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
■
Scan
1Scan
You can select desired channel by songs using Scan
Presets.
The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on
TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
Scan Mode Menu Items
Scan Channels: Scans for channels with a strong
signal in the selected mode.
Scan Presets: Scans for desired preset channel by
songs. Select (skip up) or (skip down) to
skip to the next/previous stored selection.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 274 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Continued
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track/file.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current track/
file details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Search
Select to display the music search
list screen.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select or to skip to the next
folder, and to skip to the beginning
of the previous folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current track/file.
SCAN Icon
Select to listen to a 10-second sampling of each track/file.
Random Icon
Select to play tracks/files in
random order.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into
the CD slot.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 275 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
276
Features
1. Select Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
File Selection
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 276 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
277
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
■
Scan
Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling
of each track/file.
■
Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-
second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-second
sampling of all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC.
Repeat
Random
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current track/file.
(repeat folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all
files in the current folder.
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays
all files in the current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks/files in
random order.
Random IconRepeat Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 277 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
278
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have
been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play
the tracks using various search methods.
CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into
the CD slot.
(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change
tracks.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Random Icon
Select to play tracks in random order.
SCAN Icon
Select to use a scan feature.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current track.
Playlist/Album Up/Down Icons
S
elect to skip to the next
playlist/album, and to skip to
the beginning of the previous
playlist/album.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current track
details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Track Menu
Select to display the track menu.
Browse
Select to display the music
search list screen.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 278 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
279
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically
recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs
directly from the HDD.
2 Customized Features P. 362
Select . (in CD mode)
When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be
manually recorded to the HDD.
Select . (in CD mode)
■
Recording a Music CD to HDD
1Recording a Music CD to HDD
You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can
mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on
the HDD.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 284
2 Editing Track Information P. 287
If you turn off the power system or the audio system
is turned off while recording a CD, there may be
pauses between songs when you play back from the
HDD.
Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available
during recording.
You can play music from other sources (e.g.,
SiriusXM®, HDD, etc.) while recording.
Please note that there is no compensation offered in
the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or
the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.
Clearing the HDD
Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 290
■
Stop Recording
■
Recording a CD Manually
Recording
Ready to record
Select Track List.
Select .
X
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 279 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
280
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
u Title information is displayed if found in
the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) stored on the HDD.
u The HDD has two types of playlists:
original playlists and user playlists. An
original playlist is automatically created
for each album when a music CD is
recorded.
■
How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
You can control the HDD audio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 258
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 294
Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded
onto CDs or other devices.
Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed
using ultra-efficient compression technology;
therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the
original.
If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and
cannot be recovered.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 316
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 280 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
281
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track.
■
Scan
Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling
of each track.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Browse list.
Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current album.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the HDD.
Scan Artists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current artist.
Scan Playlists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current playlist.
Scan Genres: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current genre.
Scan Composers: Provides a 10-second sampling of
all tracks in current composer.
Scan Rec. Date: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current recorded date.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 281 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
282
Features
■
Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
1Random/Repeat
Random/Repeat
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Browse list.
Repeat
(repeat off): Changes repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current track.
(repeat album): Repeats all tracks in the
current album.
(repeat playlist): Repeats all tracks in the
current playlist.
(repeat artist): Repeats all tracks in the
current artist.
(repeat genre): Repeats all tracks in the
current genre.
(repeat composer): Repeats all tracks in the
current composer.
(repeat recorded date): Repeats all tracks in
the current recorded date.
Repeat Icon Random Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 282 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
283
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
You can edit the information of the current selected track on the playlist.
1. Select Track Menu.
2. Select the items on that menu.
The following items are available:
Replay: Select to replay from the beginning of current selected track.
Add to Playlist: Add a current selected track to the playlist.
Edit Name: Edit current selected track information.
Delete: Delete a current selected track from the album and playlist.
Move: Change the order of tracks currently playing in an album or playlist.
■
Editing a Current Track
1Random/Repeat
Random
(random off): Changes random mode to off.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks in random
order.
(random in album): Plays all tracks in the
current album in random order.
(random in playlist): Plays all tracks in the
current playlist in random order.
(random in artist): Plays all tracks in the
current artist in random order.
(random in genre): Plays all tracks in the
current genre in random order.
(random in composer): Plays all tracks in the
current composer in random order.
(random in recorded date): Plays all tracks in
the current recorded date in random order.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 283 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
284
Features
Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current
playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
■
Editing an album
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select the items other than Tracks and
Playlists on that menu.
4. Select an album that you want to edit or
delete.
5. To edit an album name:
Select Edit Name, then select Album
Name.
u Enter the album name using the
keyboard, then select OK.
To delete an album:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
To edit track information or delete a track:
Select List Tracks.
2 Editing Track Information P. 287
6. Select Done.
■
Editing an Album or Playlist
1Editing an Album or Playlist
The maximum number of original playlists is 50 with
a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.
Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding
a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist
will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.
Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the
album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.
Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a
user playlist does not remove the playlist folder.
The folder retains the playlist name and artist
information.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 284 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
285
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Continued
Features
■
Editing a playlist
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Playlists.
4. Select a playlist that you want to edit or
delete.
5. To edit a playlist name:
Select Edit Name, then select Playlist
Name.
u Enter the playlist name using the
keyboard, then select OK.
To delete a playlist:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
To edit track information or delete a track:
Select List Tracks.
2 Editing Track Information P. 287
6. Select Done.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 285 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
286
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
■
Creating a new playlist
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Playlists.
4. Select Create New Playlist.
5. Enter the playlist name using the keyboard,
then select OK.
6. Select an item, then select desired track.
7. Select Done.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 286 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
287
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Continued
Features
Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Tracks.
4. Select a track you want to edit or delete.
5. To edit track information:
Select Edit Name, then select Track
Name, Track Artist, etc.
u Enter the track name, track artist, etc.
using the keyboard, then select OK.
To delete a track:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
6. Select Done.
■
Editing Track Information
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 287 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
288
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing
the Gracenote® Album Info.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select an item about which you want to
acquire information.
4. Select Edit Name.
5. Select Get Music Information.
u The system starts to access the
Gracenote® Album Info.
■
Displaying Music Information
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 288 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
289
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Update the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) that is included
with the navigation system.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select CD/HDD.
4. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or
connect the USB flash drive that includes
the update.
5. Select Update Gracenote Album
Information.
6. Select Update by CD or Update by USB.
u The system starts updating and the
confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK to finish.
■
Updating Gracenote® Album Info
1Updating Gracenote® Album Info
To acquire updated files:
• Consult a dealer.
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com.
• Canada: Visit www.acura.ca.
Once you perform an update, any information you
edited before will be overwritten or erased.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 289 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
290
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Delete all music data on the HDD.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select CD/HDD.
4. Select Delete All HDD Data.
u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Select Yes.
■
Deleting all HDD Data
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 290 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
291
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port (2.5A), then select
the iPod mode.
2 USB Ports P. 237
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current song
details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Browse
Select to display the music search
list screen.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current song.
/ (Play/Pause) Icon
Select to pause or play a song.
Shuffle Icon
Select to change a play mode in
album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 291 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
292
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
You can control an iPod using voice commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 258
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 294
Available operating functions vary on models and/or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 317
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 292 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
293
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
■
Shuffle/Repeat
Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off the shuffle or repeat, select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
Shuffle
*1: Not available on all iPod.
(repeat off)
*1
: Repeat mode to off.
(repeat song): Repeats the current song.
(repeat all): Repeats the all songs.
(shuffle off): Shuffle mode to off.
(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in
a selected list (playlists, artists, albums,
songs, genres, or composers) in random
order.
(shuffle albums): Plays all available albums in
a selected list (playlists, artists, albums,
songs, genres, or composers) in random
order.
Shuffle IconRepeat Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 293 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
294
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.
■
To enable SBV
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco.
tab.
4. Rotate to select Song By Voice.
5. Press to select On or Off.
1Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Setting options:
• On (factory default): Song By Voice
TM
commands
are available.
• Off: Disable the feature.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 294 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
295
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
■
Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On.
2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Audio”
to activate the SBV feature for the HDD and
iPod.
3. Press the button and say a command.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’” to view a
list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the button and say “Audio” again
to re-activate this mode.
1Searching for music using SBV
Song By Voice
TM
Commands List
2 Voice Control Operation P. 258
NOTE:
Song By Voice
TM
commands are available for tracks
stored on the HDD or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 296
SBV may not be able to recognize languages other
than English for the artist name, song title, album
title, and composers.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 295 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
296
Features
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the HDD or iPod.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco.
tab.
4. Rotate to select Song By Voice
Phonetic Modification, then press .
5. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate to select New Modification,
then press .
7. Rotate to select HDD or iPod, then
press .
■
Phonetic Modification
1Phonetic Modification
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed
out when Song By Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 296 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
297
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
8. Rotate to select the item to modify
(e.g., Artist), then press .
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
9. Rotate to select an entry (e.g., No
Name), then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
10. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, rotate to select Play,
then press .
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, rotate to select
Delete, then press .
11. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
12. Select OK to exit.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV
mode, you can press the (Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”
13. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
14. Rotate to select OK, then press .
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 297 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
298
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*1
Features
Playing Pandora®
*1
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a
compatible smartphone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using
your USB cable to the USB port (2.5A).
2 Phone Setup P. 405
2 USB Ports P. 237
*1:Available only on U.S. models.
1Playing Pandora®
*1
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current track
details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Stations
Select to display the station list
screen.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a track.
Skip Icon
Select to skip a track.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to pause or play a track.
Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.
Bookmark Track Icon
Bookmarks the current track.
Bookmark Artist Icon
Bookmarks the current artist.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 298 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
299
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*1
Features
1. Select Stations.
2. Select an item to select a track.
■
Create Station
You can create a station by Genre, Current
Track or Current Artist.
1. Select Stations.
2. Select Create Station.
3. Select the item you want to create a station.
You can also create a station by the following
procedure.
1. Select track name or artist name.
2. Select Yes.
■
Select the connecting method
If the two devices that install Pandora app are connected via the USB and Bluetooth®
connection separately, you can select the USB or Bluetooth® connection to use the
Pandora®.
1. Select the PANDORA on the source list screen.
2. Select USB or Bluetooth.
■
How to Select a Track from the Stations List
1Playing Pandora®
*1
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, track, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 Pandora® P. 319
There are restrictions on the number of tracks you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
If your phone is connected to Android Auto,
Pandora® is only available through the Android Auto
interface.
Visit the Android Auto website to check
compatibility.
Select track or artist name.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 299 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
300
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port (2.5A), then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 237
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a file.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Source
Select to change an audio source.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current file
details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Search
Select to display the music search list
screen.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select or to skip to the next
folder, and to skip to the beginning
of the previous folder.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current file.
SCAN Icon
Select to listen to a 10-second sampling of each file.
Random Icon
Select to play all files in random
order.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 300 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
301
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Select Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a file.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 323
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 317
Folder Selection
File Selection
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 301 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
302
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
■
Scan
Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling
of each file.
■
Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random or repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
files in the current folder.
Repeat
Random
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current file.
(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current
folder.
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder): Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all files in random
order.
Random IconRepeat Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 302 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
303
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 405
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is
unavailable. However, a second previously paired
phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting
Connect to Audio from the Edit Bluetooth
Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 405
Source
Select to change an audio
source.
VOL/ (Volume/Power)
Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the
current file details.
Select to display
the previous screen.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change files.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Play Icon
Pause Icon
Browse
Select to display
the track list
screen.
Audio Menu
Select to display
the menu items.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select or to change
folders.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 303 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
304
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■
To pause or resume a file
Select the play icon or pause icon.
1. Select Browse.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
3. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.
Play Icon Pause Icon
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 304 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
305
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Features
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your
compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2 Phone Setup P. 405
■
Using Siri Eyes Free
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri
Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands appear.
Appears when Siri is
activated in Siri Eyes
Free
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 305 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
306
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
Apple CarPlay
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB
port ( ), you can use the information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to
make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Ports P. 237
*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected iPhone.
■
Apple CarPlay Menu
1Apple CarPlay
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
apps.
To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
2.5A USB port ( ).
2 USB Ports P. 237
To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function,
press the PHONE button. While connected to Apple
CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If
you want to make a call with Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach
the USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 308
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 405
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
Go back to the previous
screen of this audio system.
Information Screen
Apple CarPlay menu screen
Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen
SMARTPHONE Button
Press to display the Apple CarPlay menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)
*1
Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item.
Press to enter the item.
BACK Button
*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 306 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
307
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
■
Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
■
Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
■
Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
■
Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple Maps) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 307 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
308
Features
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the 2.5A USB port ( ),
use the following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result
in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location,
speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will
need to consent to the sharing of this information on the information screen.
■
Enabling Apple CarPlay
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone Settings menu.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone
SettingsApple CarPlay Device List
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 308 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
309
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri.
• What movies are playing today?
• Call dad at work.
• What song is this?
• How’s the weather tomorrow?
• Read my latest email.
• Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 309 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
310
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Features
Android Auto
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the 2.5A USB port
( ), Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto,
you can use the information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation),
Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a
tutorial will appear on the screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto.
2 USB Ports P. 237
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 313
1Android Auto
To use Android Auto, you need to download the
Android Auto app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
compatible with Android Auto.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
phone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
2.5A USB port ( ).
2 USB Ports P. 237
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 405
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 310 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
311
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Features
*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected Android phone.
■
Android Auto Menu
1Android Auto
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
Information Screen
Android Auto menu screen
SMARTPHONE Button
Press to display the Android Auto menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)
*1
Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item.
Press to enter the item.
BACK Button
*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
6
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 311 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
312
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Features
a Maps (Navigation)
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.
d Music and audio
Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the previous screen of this audio system.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 312 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
313
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Features
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the 2.5A USB port ( ),
Android Auto is automatically initiated.
■
Enabling Android Auto
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone Settings menu.
■
Auto Pairing Connection
1Enabling Android Auto
Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely
parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone,
you will need to set up your phone so that auto
pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual
that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone
SettingsAndroid Auto Device List
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by Google’s Privacy Policy.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 313 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
314
Features
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
■
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
• Reply to text.
• Call my wife.
• Navigate to Acura.
• Play my music.
• Send a text message to my wife.
• Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function
by moving .
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto
with your voice.
Press to deactivate voice recognition.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 314 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
315
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause Solution
This function is not available
because the system has
encountered a file error or a
DRM protected file.
Track/file format not supported
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
This is a bad disc. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details. Push Eject.
Mechanical error
●
Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 324
●
If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Mecha Error
This is a bad disc. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details.
Servo error
Check the disc Disc error
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 324
Heat Error High temperature
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 315 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
316
uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
HDD access error.
Please consult your dealer.
—
The navigation system temperature is too high. For
protection, the system will shut off until it cools down.
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
The navigation system atmospheric pressure is too low. For
protection, the system will shut off until the pressure returns
to safe levels.
The navigation system has difficulty reading the HDD when the
atmospheric pressure is too low. The navigation system starts up
automatically when the atmospheric pressure returns to safe
levels.
Unplayable File
Appears when a file format not supported. Current track will be
skipped. The next supported track plays automatically.
There is no data available.
Appears when the HDD is empty or there are no available files in
the HDD.
This function is not available during CD recording while the
CD is recording to the HDD.
Appears when no available function is selected while the CD is
recording to the HDD.
Generating voice recognition commands. Please try again
later.
Appears when no available function is selected while the
dictionary of the Song By Voice
TM
recognition function is
generated.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 316 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
317
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Communication error
detected. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is compatible with the
audio system.
This USB device is
incompatible. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
This version of iOS is not
supported.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.
There is an authentication
error. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
This function is not available
because the system has
encountered a file error or a
DRM protected file.
Appears when you select the grayed-out option on the screen while displaying the DRM or an
unsupported format file.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 317 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
318
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
Error Message Solution
There is no data detected.
When safe, please check
your device and try again.
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
USB hubs are not supported.
To listen to audio, directly
connect device to USB port.
Appears when the USB device is connected via the USB hubs. Disconnect the USB hubs and directly
connect the device to the USB port (2.5A).
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 318 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
319
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Continued
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner’s
manual for more details.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
There is an unsupported device detected. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if
the device is compatible with the audio system.
No stations have been created. When safe, please create a
station on the device.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
There is no active station.
This PANDORA station is currently not available. Please select
another station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may
skip each hour.
Appears when you try to skip a track over the predetermined
number of times in an hour.
The system is unable to save rating.
The system is unable to save bookmark.
or
The system is unable to skip.
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
There is no data available.
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
U.S. models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 319 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
320
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
The PANDORA app version on your device is not supported.
When safe, please update the app and try again later.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
PANDORA is performing system maintenance. Please try
again later.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
The system cannot connect to PANDORA. When safe, please
check your device.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. When safe, login to
PANDORA.
The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100.
To create more, please delete one or more previously created
stations.
Appears when the number of created stations reaches the
limitation. Delete one or more created stations from Pandora® app
on the connected device.
The system is unable to create a new station. Please try again.
Appears when there is a temporary error with the audio system.
Try again later.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.
Appears when your connected device has network problems.
Check your device.
When safe, please check your device.
Appears when your connected device has some kind of problem
such as being out of the service area.
Check that the connected device is within the service area, and
then try again to play Pandora®. If the problem persists, consult a
dealer.
The system is unable to play PANDORA.
Music licensing restricts play in this area.
Appears when you try playing the Pandora® in the country where
the service is not available.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 320 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
321
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Continued
Features
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
A charging error has occurred with the connected device.
When safe, please check the compatibility of the device and
USB cable. Please see your owner's manual for more details.
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner's
manual for more details.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please confirm the
USB connection.
Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize
your device.
Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, or the latest version of the app is installed on your device.
Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please confirm the
USB connection.
Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please try again. Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize
your device.
Reconnect your device and try again.
Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please try again.
Unable to start Apple CarPlay with your device. Your device is
connected in digital audio mode.
Appears when your connected device is incompatible with Apple
CarPlay.
Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 321 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
322
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Error Message Solution
This device is not compatible with Android Auto.
Appears when your connected device is incompatible with
Android Auto.
Check if your device is compatible with Android Auto or the latest
version of the app is installed on your device.
Please update to the latest version of Android Auto.
Appears when your version of the Android Auto is not supported.
Update Android Auto to the latest version.
Connection failed. Please confirm Bluetooth connection
status and try again.
Appears when Bluetooth® connection is failed.
Check the Bluetooth® connection of this audio system and your
connected device.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 322 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
323
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, select channel up/down icons until CH000
and the radio ID appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the SOURCE button on the steering
wheel, or through the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, and stay in this mode for
about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open
area with good reception.
Loading...:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Unsubscribed channel:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Unavailable channel:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check the antenna, Disconnected antenna, Shorted antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
• U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/
subscribenow, or 1-866-635-2349
• Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/
subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 323 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
324
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 324 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
325
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 6/
iPhone 6s/iPhone 7
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 325 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
326
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 326 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
327
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License.
You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 327 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
328
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 328 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
329
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation.
The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE.
Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites:
The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 329 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
330
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates.
The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE.
Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information.
You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 330 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
331
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 331 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
332
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage.
Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information.
Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based).
If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 332 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
333
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 333 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
334
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS
For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 334 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
335
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 335 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
336
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M.ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 336 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
337
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 337 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
338
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE'S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
■
OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 338 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
339
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
■
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 339 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
340
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
About the software license of the product
The software installed in the product contains open source software.
See the following Alpine website for details on the open source software.
http://www.alpine.com/h/e/oss/download/
■
Important information on the software
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 340 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
341
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense information
Features
License information
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D
symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS,
Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
■
DOLBY DIGITAL
*
■
DTS
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 341 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
342
Features
Rear Entertainment System (RES)
*
Allows the rear passengers to enjoy a different entertainment source, such as DVD,
CD, and radio, than the front passengers.
Wireless Headphones
The rear seat passengers can listen to audio from the rear entertainment system by
a wireless headphone that comes with your vehicle.
To turn on the switch: Press the (power)
button at the right earpiece. The indicator
comes on.
To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the
right earpiece.
1Rear Entertainment System (RES)
*
CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure
The Rear Entertainment System remote complies with
FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio
frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines.
The Rear Entertainment System remote should be
kept at least 7.9 inches (20 cm) or more away from a
person’s body when operated.
1Wireless Headphones
Your vehicle comes with two wireless headphones.
Wear the headphone correctly with the earpiece
marked with L goes to your left ear and R goes to
your right ear.
Wearing the headphone backward may affect the
audio reception.
Indicator
Volume Dial
(Power) Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 342 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
343
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uAuxiliary Console Panel
Features
Auxiliary Console Panel
Auxiliary input jacks and headphone connectors for the rear entertainment system
are on the back of the front console compartment.
V = Video jack
L = Left audio jack
R = Right audio jack
■
Auxiliary input jacks
The system will accept auxiliary inputs from standard video games and video
equipment. Some video game power supplies may cause poor picture quality.
■
Headphone connectors
The headphones can also be used by connecting to the auxiliary console panel.
There are two headphone connectors for the rear passengers. Each connector has
its own volume control.
Headphone Connectors
Auxiliary
Input
Jacks
Volume
Control
Knob
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 343 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
344
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uHDMI
TM
Port
Features
HDMI
TM
Port
There is an HDMI port on the back of the front console compartment. The system
will accept HDMI input from video games and video equipment which are equipped
with an HDMI port.
Open the outlet cover and insert the cable.
1HDMI
TM
Port
• Do not leave the HDMI connected device in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other
countries.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 344 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
345
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uOverhead Screen
Features
Overhead Screen
Press the open button to open and pull down
the screen.
Operating the System
To operate the system, set the power mode to ON or ACCESSORY. Press the REAR
(power) button to turn on the system.
1Overhead Screen
You can use the rear control panel as a remote. Press
the release button to detach it.
Open ButtonOverhead Screen
REAR (Power) Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 345 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
346
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Features
Rear Control Panel Operation
The rear passengers can operate the system with the rear control panel.
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to play or pause the playback.
TITLE SCROLL Button
Press to display the track title, artist, and other text information.
MENU Button
Press to display the audio menu.
SETUP Button
Press to display the setup items.
CANCEL Button
Press to go back to the previous display or operation.
CATEGORY Bar
Press to change the category (SiriusXM®).
DUAL Button
Press to change the screen mode to dual.
SWAP Button
Press to swap left side screen and right side screen.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the system
on or off (when rear
power is turned on).
SINGLE Button
Press to change the screen mode to single.
(Light-up) Button
Press to illuminate the
buttons on the rear
control panel.
TUNE/SKIP Bar
Press or to search up and down the
selected band for a station with a strong signal
(FM/AM).
Press or to change tracks. Press and
hold to move rapidly within a track/file (Disc/
USB/DVD).
CH/FOLDER Bar
Press to change the channel (Radio) or
folder (Disc/USB).
SOURCE Button
Press to select the audio source.
Interface Dial, 3/4//
(Directional) Buttons, and ENTER
Button
Rotate the interface dial or press
directional button to select items.
Press the ENTER button to make a
selection.
DVD bar
Press to change the DVD mode.
AUX bar
Press to change the input source
toggling through the auxiliary
input jack(s), HDMI port and USB
port (2.5A).
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 346 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
347
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Features
1. Press the REAR (power) button on the
front control panel.
2. Press the SOURCE button on the rear
control panel.
3. Select the audio source. Press the ENTER
button.
u You can also change the audio source by
the front control panel.
2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 356
4. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter
using the CH/FOLDER, TUNE/SKIP, or
CATEGORY bars.
■
Selecting the Audio Source
1Rear Control Panel Operation
In the procedures of this section, “select” means the
following actions:
The rear control panel can be detached from the
ceiling unit and used as a remote control.
2 Overhead Screen P. 345
The screen is displayed on the overhead screen.
Rotate the interface
dial or press the
directional buttons on
the rear control panel.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 347 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
348
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Features
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
The following items are available:
• Top Menu: Displays the top menu of the DVD.
• Menu: Displays the menu of the DVD.
• Play Mode: Displays while a DVD is playing and changes the DVD’s audio,
subtitle, or angle settings.
2 Setting the play mode P. 349
• Search/NumInput: Skips to a title or chapter by entering the number.
2 Searching a title/chapter P. 350
• Repeat:
(title repeat): Repeats the current title.
(chapter repeat): Repeats the current chapter.
• Pause/Play: Pause or play the playback.
• Stop: Stops the playback.
• Return: Hides the rear audio menu.
■
Rear DVD Menu
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 348 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
349
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Continued
Features
■
Setting the play mode
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Play Mode. Press the ENTER button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.
The following items are available:
• Audio: Selects the language of the DVD audio.
• Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD subtitle.
• Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 349 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
350
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Features
■
Searching a title/chapter
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Search/NumInput. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Select a number. Press the ENTER button.
The following items are available:
• Title: Skips to a title you specify.
• Chapter: Skips to a chapter you specify.
• NumInput: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip.
Enter a number and press the ENTER button. Select DONE.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 350 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
351
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Continued
Features
1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode).
2. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
The following items are available:
• Brightness: Adjusts the screen’s brightness. Adjust the brightness using the
interface dial and press the ENTER button.
• Appearance: Selects the color of the rear menu screen.
• Display Adjust: Adjusts the screen’s preferences.
2 Adjusting the screen P. 352
• Aspect Ratio: Selects an aspect ratio of the image.
2 Setting the aspect ratio P. 353
• PERSONAL SURROUND: Sets the surround of the wireless headphones. You can
choose from three options: Music, Cinema, or Voice. Select Off to disable the
feature.
• Language: Sets the system language used on all screens. You can choose from
three languages: English, Français (French), or Español (Spanish).
■
Screen and Surround Settings
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 351 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
352
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Features
■
Adjusting the screen
1. Press the SETUP button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Display Adjust. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Make the adjustment. Press the ENTER
button.
The following items are available:
• Contrast: Adjusts the screen’s contrast.
• Black Level: Adjusts the screen’s black level.
• Color: Adjusts the screen’s color strength.
• Tint: Adjusts the screen’s hue.
• Reset: Resets all the settings to their factory default.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 352 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
353
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Continued
Features
■
Setting the aspect ratio
1. Press the MENU button (in DVD mode).
2. Select Aspect Ratio. Press the ENTER
button.
3. Select an item. Press the ENTER button.
4. Select an option. Press the ENTER button.
The following items are available:
• Wide: Selects the wide screen option (Normal, Full, Super Full, Ultra Full).
• Zoom: Selects the zoom screen option (Super Zoom, Ultra Zoom).
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 353 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
354
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Features
Select between the two screen modes, single or dual.
2 Rear Control Panel Operation P. 346
■
Single mode
The selected source is displayed in the center of the screen.
■
Dual mode
Two separate screens are displayed side by side. You can only select one output
source from the front audio system. The other source must come from “REAR AUX
Video” or “REAR AUX HDMI”.
■
Dual Screen Mode
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 354 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
355
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uRear Control Panel Operation
Features
■
Single mode to dual mode
■
Dual mode to single mode
DVD
Press the DUAL
button.
Select the side
(e.g., “Left”).
Select a source
(e.g., “REAR
AUX Video”).
DVDREAR AUX Video
Press the SWAP
button.
REAR AUX VideoDVD
DVDREAR AUX Video
Press the
SINGLE button.
Select a source
(e.g., “DVD”).
DVD
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 355 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
356
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
Features
Front Control Panel Operation
Operate the Rear Entertainment System (RES) from the On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
1. Press the REAR (power) button on the
front control panel.
2. Select Front/Rear to switch Rear mode.
3. Select Source.
u The rear source is displayed on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
4. Select the audio source on the On Demand
Multi-Use Display
TM
.
u The rear source is heard from the front
speakers.
5. Select a station, channel, track, or chapter
in the same way as the front audio system.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 244
■
Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control Panel
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 356 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
357
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
Continued
Features
■
Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System
Source
Select to change an audio source.
Front/Rear
Select to change between the front
side audio source selection and
rear side audio source selection.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the current DVD
details.
Select to display the previous
screen.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current chapter
or title.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to pause or play a DVD.
Stop Icon
Select to stop the playback.
Title Up/Down Icons
Select or to skip to the next
title, and to skip to the beginning
of the previous title.
Audio Menu
Select to display the menu items.
Top Menu
Select to display the top page of
the DVD’s title menu.
Menu
Select to display the menu.
Advanced
Select to display the DVD
setting menu.
Chapter Up/Down Icons
Select or to change
chapters.
Select and hold to fast forward
and reverse.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 357 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
358
Features
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select DVD.
The following items are available:
• DVD Auto Play: Turns the auto play feature on or off.
• Audio Language: Selects a language for the audio that is available on the DVD.
• Subtitle Language: Selects a language for the subtitle that is available on the
DVD.
• Menu Language: Selects a language for the DVD menu that is available on the
DVD.
• Dynamic Range: Sets whether to control the range of the loud and low sounds.
■
DVD Setup
1Operating the DVD Rear Entertainment System
Play Mode Menu Item
Repeat
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat chapter): Repeats the current
chapter.
(repeat title): Repeats the current title.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 358 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
359
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
Continued
Features
Select Advanced.
The following items are available:
• Audio/Subtitle: Selects the language of the DVD audio and the DVD subtitle.
• Angle: Selects the angle of a scene shot with multiple cameras.
• Number Input: Enters a number of a title or chapter to skip.
• Return: Return to the previous screen.
• Search: Skips to a title or chapter.
■
Setting the DVD Menu
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 359 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
360
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
Features
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select RES Settings.
The following items are available:
• Rear Control: Sets whether to use the rear control panel to control the RES.
When setting is set to On, operates the RES using the rear control panel.
• Rear Speaker: Sets the front audio source to play through the rear speakers,
even when the RES is on. The RES source can only be heard through the wireless
headphones. When setting is set to On, outputs the sound of the front source to
the rear speakers.
• Single/Dual Screen Mode: Selects a source to continue playing when you
switch from dual mode to single mode on the overhead screen.
■
Rear System Setup
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 360 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
361
uuRear Entertainment System (RES)
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
Playable Discs
The discs that come with these labels can be played in your vehicle’s rear
entertainment system.
Also look for the region code of 1 or ALL on the package or jacket on the disc.
DVD-ROMs are not playable in this unit.
1Playable Discs
This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by U.S. patents and
other intellectual property rights.
Use of this copyright protection technology must be
authorized by Rovi Corporation, and is intended for
home and other limited viewing uses only unless
otherwise authorized by Rovi Corporation. Reverse
engineering and disassembly are prohibited.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com.
Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing
Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol
together are registered trademarks, and DTS Digital
Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of
DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
Dolby, Pro Logic, MLP Lossless and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
The disc packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
Also includes:
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 361 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
362
Features
Customized Features
Use the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to customize
certain features.
■
How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
1Customized Features
When you customize settings, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and transmission is put
into
(P.
To customize other features, rotate , move , ,
or , and press .
2 List of customizable options P. 369
Information Screen
1How to customize
The following settings can be customized on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
• Edit Source Order
• Sound Settings
• Edit/Delete HDD Music
• Audio Settings
• Screen Settings
• RES Settings
*
2 How to customize P. 385
Information Screen
Information Screen
SETTINGS Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 362 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
363
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
Customization flow
Information Screen
Press the SETTINGS button.
Bluetooth
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Speed Dial
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
Use Contact Photo
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Text/Email Alert
Text/Email
Default
Edit Pairing Code
Phone
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
See the Navigation System Manual.
Navigation
Settings
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 363 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
364
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Camera
Settings
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
*1: Models with multi-view rear camera
*2: Models with surround view camera system
Default
Camera
Settings
*1
Surround
View
Camera
Auto Show Camera after Reverse
Default Camera Mode in Forward
Default
Camera
Settings
*2
Default Camera Mode in Reverse
Show Camera When Decelerating
Clear Parking Guidance Automatically
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 364 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
365
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Turn by Turn Display
Default
Meter
Driver
Assist
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Info
Driving
Position
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
ACC Display Speed Unit
Memory Position Link
Easy Entry/Exit
Reverse Alert Tone
Vehicle
Settings
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 365 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
366
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Maintenance ResetMaintenance Info.
Preferred Dynamic Mode
Dynamic
Mode
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Door
Auto Folding Door Mirror
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Beep
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Remote Start System On/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Lighting
Keyless
Access
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Open Mode
Power Open By Outer Handle
Power
Tailgate
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 366 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
367
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Auto Time Zone
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock Adjustment
Clock
Settings
Clock Format
Default
Auto Daylight
Clock Reset
AcuraLink Msg Notice
Delete AcuraLink Messages
AcuraLink
Settings
AcuraLink Subscription Status
Default
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 367 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
368
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Voice Prompt
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Default
Display
System
Settings
Voice
Reco.
Sync Display Brightness
System Device Information
Header Clock Display
Language
Operation Restriction Tips
*
Others
Default
Apple CarPlay Device List
Android Auto Device List
Smartphone
Settings
Smartphone Volume
Factory Data Reset
Units
Song By Voice
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Guidance Volume
Feedback Guidance Volume
Verbal Reminder
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 368 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
369
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 405
—
Edit Pairing Code
Changes a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 407
Random/Fixed
*1
Phone
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Phone Setup P. 405
—
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Answer
Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds.
On/Off
*1
Information Screen
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 369 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
370
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
Phone
Ring Tone
Selects a fixed ring tone or the one from the
connected cell phone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
/Off
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
Use Contact Photo
Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen.
On
*1
/Off
Text/Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —
New Text/Email Alert
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
—
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 370 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
371
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Cross
Traffic
Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Models with
multi-view
rear camera
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 371 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
372
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Surround
View
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Sets whether to turn on the reference line
display.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Sets whether to turn on the projection line
display.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Show Camera
after Reverse
Sets the rear view to be automatically switched to
the front view when the transmission is out of
(R.
On/Off
*1
Default Camera Mode in
Forward
Sets which screen to display when the surround
view camera system is turned on while the
vehicle is moving forward.
(Front Ground
View)
*1
/Last Used/
(Front Wide View)/
(Side View)
Default Camera Mode in
Reverse
Sets which screen to display when the surround
view camera system is turned on while the
vehicle is reversing.
(Rear Ground
View)
*1
/Last Used/
(Rear Normal View)/
(Rear Wide View)
Show Camera When
Decelerating
Sets the screen to automatically return to the
camera view at vehicle speeds of 7 mph (12
km/h) or lower.
On/Off
*1
Models with
surround
view camera
system
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 372 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
373
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Settings
Surround
View
Camera
Clear Parking Guidance
Automatically
Turns the parking guide lines on and off. On
*1
/Off
Cross
Traffic
Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Models with
surround
view camera
system
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 373 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
374
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Driver
Assist
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes at which distance CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
Changes the speed unit for ACC with Low Speed
Follow on the MID.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
Changes the setting for the blind spot
information.
Audible And Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/
Off
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 374 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
375
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Meter
Language Selection Changes the displayed language on the MID.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
Reverse Alert Tone
Causes the beeper to sound once when the
transmission is put into
(R.
On
*1
/Off
Turn by Turn Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 375 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
376
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driving
Position
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Easy Entry/Exit
Moves the seat fully rearward and steering wheel
fully up when you get in/get out of the vehicle.
Changes the setting for this feature.
Seat & Steering
Wheel
*1
/Seat Only/
Steering Wheel
Only/Off
Keyless
Access
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver’s Door or
Tailgate Only
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System
On/Off
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the automatic locking
the doors when you walk away from the vehicle
while carrying the keyless access remote.
On/Off
*1
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 376 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
377
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Lighting
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds
*1
/
0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 377 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
378
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Door
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from P/
Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched
Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in
key.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
Auto Folding Door
Mirror
Changes how you can fold the door mirrors.
Auto Fold With
Keyless
*1
/Manual
Only
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 378 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
379
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Power
Tailgate
Keyless Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime
*1
/When
Unlocked
Power Open By Outer
Handle
Selects whether to enable the power tailgate
open operation using the tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual only)/
On (Power/
Manual)
*1
Dynamic
Mode
Preferred Dynamic
Mode
Changes the dynamic mode setting for when you
set the power mode to ON.
Last Used
*1
/Comfort/
Normal/Sport
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.
—
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 379 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
380
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock
Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 254
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic/Options...
Clock Adjustment
Adjusts Clock.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 254
—
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
Auto Time Zone
Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the
clock when driving through different time zones.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Daylight
Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the
clock (“spring ahead” or “fall back” by one hour)
when a daylight saving time change occurs.
On
*1
/Off
Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 380 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
381
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
AcuraLink
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
AcuraLink Settings group as default.
Yes/No
AcuraLink Msg Notice
Selects whether newly received AcuraLink
messages are to be displayed.
On
*1
/Off
Delete AcuraLink Message Deletes AcuraLink messages. —
AcuraLink Subscription Status
Displays your current AcuraLink subscription
status.
—
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 381 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
382
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Display
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the display brightness
synchronizes with the instrument panel
brightness.
On
*1
/Off
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the information
screen.
—
Contrast Changes the contrast of the information screen. —
Black Level
Changes the black level of the information
screen.
—
Feedback
Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the audio speakers. 0~8
*1
~11
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On
*1
/Off
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 382 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
383
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Voice
Reco.
Voice Prompt Turns the voice prompt on and off. On
*1
/Off
Song By Voice
Turns the Song By Voice
TM
on and off.
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 294
On
*1
/Off
Song By Voice Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for music stored in
the HDD or an iPod.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 296
—
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification P. 419
—
Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the voice prompt. —
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 383 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
384
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Others
Units
Changes the distance unit on the navigation map
screen.
mile
*1
/km (U.S.)
mile/km
*1
(Canada)
Language Changes the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Operation Restriction
Tips
*
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
System Device
Information
Displays the system/device information. —
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 393
—
Smartphone
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Smartphone Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Apple CarPlay Device List Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —
Android Auto Device List Sets up the Android Auto connection. —
Smartphone Volume Adjusts the volume of the smartphone function. 1~8
*1
~11
Version
Shows software version of Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto unit.
—
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 384 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
385
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Audio
Menu, then select a setting item.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 385 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
386
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■
Customization flow
Select Audio Menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Play the Song from the Beginning
SportsFlash
Traffic & Weather Now Setup
Channel Art
TuneMix
SiriusXM
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Subwoofer
SVC
Edit Source Order
Sound Settings
Audio Settings
CD/HDD
Recording Quality
Recording from CDRecording
Options
HDD Information
Update Gracenote Album Information
Delete All HDD Data
DTS Neural Surround
Edit/Delete HDD Music
Center
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 386 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
387
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Sync Display Brightness
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Beep
Keyboard
Screen Settings
RES Settings
*
Rear Control
Rear Speaker
Single/Dual Screen Mode
HD Radio Mode
*
Other
Cover Art
DVD Auto PlayDVD
*
Audio Language
Subtitle Language
Menu Language
Dynamic Range
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 387 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
388
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Edit Source Order
Changes the order of source list.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 244
—
Sound Settings
Bass
Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 256
—
Treble
Fader
Balance
Center
Subwoofer
SVC
DTS Neural Surround
Edit/Delete HDD Music
Change the playlist name, album name, genre,
and track order of the current playlist. You can
also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 284
—
Audio
Settings
SiriusXM
Play the Song from the
Beginning
Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On/Off
*1
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 388 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
389
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
SiriusXM
SportsFlash
Notification Turns on and off the sports alert function.
Disable/Enable once/
Enable
*1
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
is notified.
On
*1
/Off
Favorite
Teams
Selects your favorite sport teams. —
Traffic & Weather Now
Setup
Selects a city for using the SiriusXM® traffic and
weather information.
—
Channel Art Turns on and off the channel art display. On
*1
/Off
TuneMix Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off
*1
CD/
HDD
Recording
Options
Recording
from CD
Selects whether the songs on music CDs are
automatically recorded to the HDD.
Auto
*1
/Manual
Recording
Quality
Selects the quality of the music files recorded to
the HDD.
Standard
*1
/High
HDD Information Displays the HDD capacity. —
Update Gracenote Album
Information
Updates the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) from CD or USB.
Update by CD/
Update by USB
Delete All HDD Data
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 290
—
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 389 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
390
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
DVD
*
DVD Auto Play Turns the auto play feature on or off. On
*1
/Off
Audio Language
Selects a language for the audio that is available
on the DVD.
—
Subtitle Language
Selects a language for the subtitle that is available
on the DVD.
—
Menu Language
Selects a language for the DVD menu that is
available on the DVD.
—
Dynamic Range
Sets whether to control the range of the loud and
low sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Other
HD Radio Mode
*
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analog waves only.
Auto
*1
/Analog
Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 390 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
391
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Screen Settings
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness
synchronizes with the instruments panel
brightness.
Off/On
*1
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
—
Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch
the screen.
Off/On
*1
Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Alphabet/QWERTY
*1
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 391 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
392
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
RES Settings
*
Rear Control
Select weather to use the rear control panel to
control the RES.
On
*1
/Off
Rear Speaker
Sets the front audio source to play through the
rear speakers, even when the RES is on. The RES
source can only be heard through the wireless
headphones.
On
*1
/Off
Single/Dual Screen Mode
Selects a source to continue playing when you
switch from dual mode to single mode on the
overhead screen.
—
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 392 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
393
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Rotate to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
Driver 1 and Driver 2 has stored each settings and
personal data separatory.
Perform both Driver 1 and Driver 2 data reset.
The following settings will be reset:
• Routing & Guidance: Rerouting, Unverified Area
Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search
Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance
• Route Preference
• Audio preset settings
• Phonebook entries
• Other display and each item settings
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 393 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
394
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 394 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
395
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Continued
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
Red Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 395 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
396
Features
■
Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
2.
Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow
steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not
need to press and release the HomeLink button
again in step 2.
Indicator remains on
for about 25 secs.
Standard transmitter
Indicator remains on for
about 25 secs.
Rolling code transmitter
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
4.
3.
2.
5.
A.
B.
1.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to
constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and release the HomeLink button. Press
and release the button on the remote every 2
secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from
slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly
blinking? The process should take less than 60
seconds.
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.
HomeLink LED is
constantly on.
YES NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 396 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
397
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the MID or to
answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear
the phone information on the MID.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the phone menu screen.
Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate to select an item on the screen,
then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu.
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. If
there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay, HFL is
unavailable.
2 Customized Features P. 362
Voice control tips:
• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Talk Button
Volume up
Microphone
Hang-up/Back Button
Pick-up
Button
Volume down
Interface
Dial
PHONE
Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 397 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
398
Features
The On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
notifies you when there is an incoming call.
■
HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the information
screen varies between phone models.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Comes on when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Roam Status
Information Screen
Battery Level
Status
Caller’s Name or
Caller’s Number
On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 398 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
399
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 416
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Disabled Option
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 399 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
400
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
■
Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Bluetooth
Replace This
Device
Turns the Bluetooth® on and off.
Bluetooth
Edit PIN
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Delete This
Device
Delete a previously paired phone.
Connect to
Audio
Connect a phone to use the Bluetooth®
audio and smartphone function.
Connect to
Phone
Connect a phone to use the HFL.
Disconnect
Disconnect a paired phone from the
system.
Connect Both
Connect the device to use the all
functions of Bluetooth® connection.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Default
(Existing
entry list)
Bluetooth
Device List
Edit Device
Name
Edit the user name of a paired phone.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 400 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
401
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Manual Input
Edit Speed
Dial
*1
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Delete All
Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Edit
Delete
(Existing
entry list)
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a name and number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select a fixed ring tone or the one from the connected cell phone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
Automatic Phone Sync
*1
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone
Changes a pairing code.
Edit Pairing Code
Add Bluetooth Device
Pair a phone to the system.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 401 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
402
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Select a text or e-mail message account.
Text/Email
*1
Select Account
Enable Text/Email
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
New Text/Email Alert
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text/e-mail message.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 402 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
403
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■
Phone Menu screen
Press the PHONE button to display the menu
items.
Speed Dial
*1
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Phonebook
*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
*1
All
*2
Dialed
Received
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last 20 missed calls.
More Speed Dials
Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Import from
Call History
Roadside
Assistance
Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 403 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
404
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Text/Email
*1, *2
Message is
read aloud.
Read Message
Aloud/Stop
Reading
Messages
System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
Reply
Call
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed
phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select Account
Select a message
and press .
Select a text or e-mail message account.
Redial
*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.
See the previous message.
Previous
Next
See the next message.
View Full
Message
Displays the entire message.
Bluetooth/
Phone Settings
Display the Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen.
Dial
*1
Enter a phone number to dial.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 404 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
405
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Options... and Refresh to search
again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Options... to select Device Not Found?
and search for Bluetooth devices using
your phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 415
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 405 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
406
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List, then Add
Bluetooth Device.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Options... and Refresh to search
again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Options... to select Device Not Found?
and search for Bluetooth devices using
your phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 406 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
407
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
To change the currently paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select Connect to Phone, Connect to
Audio, or Connect Both, then press .
■
To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Pairing Code.
3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be four or six digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 407 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
408
Features
■
To replace an already-paired phone
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press .
5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches
a new phone.
u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 408 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
409
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■
To delete a paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 409 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
410
Features
■
To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Enable Text/Email.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select New Text/Email
Alert.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special
feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
Some text/e-mail message features may not be
available depending on a cellular phone.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 410 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
411
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Select to delete. Select of the
right side upper screen, the screen
returns to the previous screen.
6. Select OK to enter the security PIN.
7. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
X
X
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 411 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
412
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Edit the user name of a paired phone as
follows:
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit Device Name,
then press .
5. Enter a new name of the phone.
u Use the keyboard on the On Demand
Multi-Use Display
TM
to enter the name,
then select OK.
■
Editing User Name
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 412 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
413
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer.
4. Press to select On or Off.
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Auto Answer.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Auto Answer
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 413 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
414
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone.
3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Use Contact Photo.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: Depending on the make and model
of the cell phone, the ring tone stored in the phone
will sound if the phone is connected.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
■
Use Contact Photo
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 414 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
415
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■
Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Preference
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 415 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
416
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
3. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate to
select Yes or No, then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 416 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
417
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Record, then press .
5. Press .
u Using the button, follow the prompts
to complete the voice tag.
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select OK, then
press .
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 417 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
418
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To delete a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
■
To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 418 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
419
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■
To add a new voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook
Phonetic Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want
to add phonetic modification to, then
press .
5. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate to select New Voice Tag, then
press .
■
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 419 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
420
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
7. Move or and rotate to select a
contact name, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
8. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
9. Press .
u Using the button, follow the
prompts to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select OK,
then press .
11. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
12. Rotate to select OK, then press .
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 420 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
421
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
To modify a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook
Phonetic Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want
to add phonetic modification to, then
press .
5. Rotate to select a contact name you
want to modify, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
6. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
7. Press .
u Using the button, follow the
prompts to complete the voice tag.
8. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select OK,
then press .
9. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
10. Rotate to select OK, then press .
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 421 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
422
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To delete a modified voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
5. Rotate to select a contact name you
want to delete, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u Items to be deleted are indicated with a
trash icon.
7. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
8. Rotate to select OK, then press .
Trash Icon
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 422 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
423
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■
To delete all modified voice tags
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate to select Delete All, then press
.
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 423 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
424
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag
name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or
“Call” and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 424 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
425
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a contact name, then
press .
u The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial
number, phonebook name, or number using voice
commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 416
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
for a partial match search.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 425 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
426
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the On Demand
Multi-Use Display
TM
for entering
numbers.
4. Select .
■
To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 426 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
427
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All
*1
, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
3. Move or to select All
*1
, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button.
2. Move the left selector wheel right to select
Call History.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
*1: This function may not be available depending on a cellular phone.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
Steering switches
On MID
Steering switches
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 427 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
428
Features
■
To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1. Press the button.
2. Move the left selector wheel left to select
Speed Dial.
3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a
number.
4. Push the left selector wheel or the
button.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Rotate to select More Speed Dials to view
another paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make
a call from that list using the currently connected
phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 416
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries.
Steering switches
On MID
Steering switches
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 428 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
429
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 429 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
430
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Phone Call Active - Transfer to Mobile:
Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL
to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call.
This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
The available options are shown on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
Select the option.
u The Mute icon is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Mute Icon
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 430 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
431
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to
On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 410
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 431 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
432
Features
If a paired phone has text or e-mail message accounts, you can select one of them
to be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Select
Account.
3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
e-mail message account you want, then
press .
■
Selecting a Text/E-mail Message Account
1Selecting a Text/E-mail Message Account
You can also select an e-mail message account from
the folder list screen or the message list screen.
Rotate to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text or
e-mail message account at a time.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 432 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
433
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
Displaying text messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Rotate to select View Full Message.
5. Press to display the full text of the
message.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or
on the text message screen.
Message List
Text Message
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 433 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
434
Features
■
Displaying e-mail messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a folder, then press .
4. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
5. Rotate to select View Full Message.
6. Press to display the full text of the
message.
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the
message list screen at the same time. In this case, text
messages are titled No Subject.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
Message
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 434 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
435
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■
Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 433
2. Rotate to select Stop Reading
Messages.
3. Press to stop reading.
Press again to start reading the message
from the beginning.
■
Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 433
2. Rotate to select Reply, then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 435 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
436
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying text messages P. 433
2. Rotate to select Call, then press .
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 436 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
437
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance
using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Roadside Assistance,
then press .
3. Rotate to select a phone number, then
press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
Roadside Assistance
1Roadside Assistance
If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package,
you can call roadside assistance using the LINK
button instead of your phone.
2 AcuraLink® P. 438
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 437 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
438
Features
AcuraLink®
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice
communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator
assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s
status.
For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the
AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual.
■
Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle will automatically attempt to
connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once
connected, information about your vehicle, its
positioning, and its condition will be sent to
the operator; you also can speak to the
operator when connected.
■
In Case of Emergency
1AcuraLink®
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate
from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more
information about all of its features, contact an Acura
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
Canadian models
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator
if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you
do not have adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use emergency services when:
• You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers,
or the unit itself.
• You are not subscribed to the service or your
subscription is no longer valid.
You cannot operate other navigation or phone
related functions using the screens while talking to
the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
Information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
When connected to the AcuraLink
operator:
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 438 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
439
uuAcuraLink® u
Features
■
Manual operator connection
If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator
in an emergency situation, you can manually
connect to them by pressing the ASSIST
button with the power mode in ACCESSORY
or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.
1Manual operator connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to
press the ASSIST button.
ASSIST Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 439 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAcuraLink® u
440
Features
Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location,
remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle.
To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number
(PIN).
■
Stolen vehicle tracking
This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move.
If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the
provider.
■
Remote door lock/unlock
The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.
■
Vehicle finder
This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas,
such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the
remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can
then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn.
■
Security alarm notification
If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as
someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by your
preferred method.
■
Security Features
1Security Features
The contact information of your provider, your user
ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock
and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using
your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit
owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/
acuralink (Canada) for details.
1Vehicle finder
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop
sounding under the following conditions:
• When 30 seconds have elapsed.
• You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.
• You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system.
• You unlock the doors using the built-in key.
• The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 440 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
441
uuAcuraLink® u
Features
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside
assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, select End Call or press
the (Hang-up/back) button on the
steering wheel.
■
Operator Assistance
1Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.
LINK Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 441 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAcuraLink® u
442
Features
AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle
features, safety and emissions recall
campaigns, maintenance reminders, and
diagnostic information.
When you receive a new message, an icon
appears on the information screen.
■
Message category
There are six message categories.
• Feature Guide: Appears for the first 30 days of ownership, introducing vehicle
features each day.
• Quick Tips: Supplements your Owner’s Manual with updated vehicle
information.
• Diagnostic Information: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes
on.
Rotate to select Check Later or Check Now.
u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or
later in accordance with the warning severity level.
• Scheduled Dealer Appointment: An appointment made through the Acura
server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or canceled from this option.
2 P. 444
• Maintenance Minder: Lets you know which maintenance item is due along with
a reminder message.
• Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information.
You should also be notified by mail.
■
AcuraLink Message
1AcuraLink Message
Messages may not appear immediately after your
vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your
dealer to register your vehicle’s ID.
If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates
that Acura gives high priority to this message
compared to the one without.
• : An unread message with high priority
• : An unread message
Message Icon
1Message category
Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted
through broadcast messages from Acura.
You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or
schedule appointments from the message options in
Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, and
Diagnostic Information.
2 Message Options P. 443
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 442 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
443
uuAcuraLink® u
Features
■
Reading a message
1. Press the INFO button or press , follow
the message on the information screen.
2. Rotate to select AcuraLink/Messages,
then press .
u AcuraLink messages appears.
3. Rotate to select a category, then press
.
u If there are unread messages in a
category, a message icon appears next to
that category.
4. Rotate to select a message you want to
read, then press .
■
Message Options
While a message is displayed, you can use options to take immediate action to the
message.
Available options are:
• Read Messages Aloud: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop Reading
Messages to cancel it.
• View Full Message: Displays the entire message.
• Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL.
• Delete: Deletes the displayed message.
• Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL.
• Find Acura Dealer: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer.
• Roadside Assistance: Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance
service.
• Schedule Dealer Appoi…: Automatically sets an appointment date at your
dealer.
1Reading a message
If there is no message listed on the menu, each
category items are grayed out and cannot be
selected.
The message icon disappears once you read the
message.
However, the exclamation mark that indicates that
the message has a high priority remains.
• : A read message with high priority.
1Message Options
The available options vary by message category.
You can delete all messages in a category at once.
2 Customized Features P. 362
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 443 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuAcuraLink® u
444
Features
■
Dealer Appointments
You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a
Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, or Diagnostic Information
message, or reschedule any existing appointments.
1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, Diagnostic Information,
or Scheduled Dealer Appointment message.
2. Rotate to select Schedule Dealer Appoi… or Reschedule Appoint…
(depending on the screen). Press .
u A suggested time and date are displayed.
3. Rotate to select Confirm Appointment. Press to accept the time and
date.
4. Press to select OK.
1Dealer Appointments
To set up an automated dealer appointment when a
regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners
website at owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada), and set
the required option. A reminder message will be sent
as the date for the dealer appointment approaches. A
reminder message will also be sent if you schedule an
appointment online using Schedule Service
Appointment function.
If you are not satisfied with the proposed
appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.
To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel
Appointment when a message is displayed.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 444 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
445
uuAcuraLink® u
Features
You can confirm your AcuraLink subscription status.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select AcuraLink Settings,
then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
AcuraLink Subscription Status.
■
AcuraLink Subscription Status
Signal Strength
Item Information
You can check the signal strength.
Current Contract The AcuraLink subscription number and subscription level is
displayed.
Service You can confirm the type of service.
Subscription You can confirm the expiration date.
Status The following message can be displayed:
●
Check Antenna: There is a problem with the AcuraLink
antenna. Contact a dealer.
●
No Signal: Signal is not received.
●
No data: The signal is received, but some error has occurred
in the system.
●
OK: The system is receiving the signal or traffic data
*
.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 445 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
446
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 446 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
447
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 448
Towing a Trailer................................ 454
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 455
When Driving
Turning on the Power ...................... 457
Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 464
Shifting............................................ 465
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System...... 473
Integrated Dynamics System............. 474
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 475
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow ................................. 477
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System ...493
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)... 498
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System ....................................... 506
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 508
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)..509
Blind spot information System.......... 510
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 513
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation........... 515
High Voltage Battery........................ 517
Braking
Brake System ................................... 518
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 524
Brake Assist System ......................... 525
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ....................................... 526
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 535
Parking Sensor System ..................... 537
Cross Traffic Monitor ....................... 541
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
................ 545
Surround View Camera System
*
..... 547
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 557
How to Refuel ................................. 558
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 560
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 447 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
448
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 591
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 448 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
449
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 451
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 154
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 194
2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 201
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 190
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 191
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area, have the aiming
readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
Your vehicle is equipped with the automatic
headlight adjusting system that automatically adjusts
the vertical angle of the low beam headlights.
Canadian models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 449 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
450
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 84
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 450 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
451
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg).
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,005 lbs (456 kg).
See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 662
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 662
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Models with bench seat
Models with captain seat
Label Example
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 451 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
452
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 452 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
453
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 454
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
1,173 lbs
(532 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
873 lbs
(396 kg)
Example2
Max Load
1,173 lbs
(532 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
423 lbs
(192 kg)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 453 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
454
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 657
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 454 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
455
Driving
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-highway activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
• Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 451
• Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
• Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
• It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 36
2 Precautions While Driving P. 463
Spinning the tires can also damage the SPORT
HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
system.
3
WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off-
pavement can cause a crash or rollover in
which you and your passengers could be
seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 455 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
456
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
Driving
Avoiding Trouble
• Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
• Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
• Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
• Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
• Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually
the safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it
before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it.
Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around.
Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
• Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
• If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front and rear tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 456 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
457
Continued
Driving
When Driving
Turning on the Power
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on for 15 seconds when you press
the electric parking brake switch.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
1Turning on the Power
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the power system.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When turning on the power system in cold weather,
turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights,
climate control system, and rear defogger in order to
reduce 12-volt battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater and transmission clutch
actuator heater will improve starting and warming of
the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell
exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 457 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
458
Driving
3. Without depressing the accelerator pedal,
press the POWER button while depressing
the brake pedal.
4. Check the READY indicator.
u Keep depressing the brake pedal until
the READY indicator comes on.
u The READY indicator comes on when
the power system is on and you can start
driving.
u If the outside temperature is extremely
low, you cannot drive until conditions are
improved. In this case, the READY
indicator does not come on and a
warning message appears on the multi-
information display (MID).
2 Multi-Information Display (MID)
Warning and Information Messages
P. 105
You can turn the power system off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Put the transmission into (P.
2. Press and hold the POWER button.
1Turning on the Power
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used,
the power system does not activate.
2 Immobilizer System P. 165
When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel
the brake pedal slightly sink down. This is normal.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the POWER
button if the battery in the keyless access remote is
weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 636
The power system may not activate if the keyless
access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.
The engine may not run when the vehicle is ready for
driving.
You can start driving with the READY indicator on.
If you press the POWER button while depressing the
brake pedal with the READY indicator on, the power
mode is set to VEHICLE OFF and you cannot start
driving.
2 READY Indicator P. 92
Do not hold the POWER button to start the power
system.
If the power system does not start, wait at least 30
seconds before trying again.
■
Stopping the Power System
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 458 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
459
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
Driving
You can remotely turn the power system on using the two-way keyless access
remote from extended distances.
■
To turn the power system on
The power system is on for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the time for another 10 minutes during the first 10 minutes, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.
■
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
The remote engine start may violate local laws.
Before using the remote engine start, check your
local laws.
Remote Engine Start run timer extension
The power system is on for another 10 minutes from
the time of extension request. The max time is 20
minutes, if the extension request is made after 10
minutes of first 10 minutes.
The vehicle may start in EV mode depending on High
Voltage battery conditions.
uIf the High Voltage battery is fully charged, the
gasoline engine may not start.
uIf the High Voltage battery charge level is low, the
gasoline engine starts.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with
the vehicle parked in a garage or other
areas with limited ventilation.
Press the button, then press and hold
the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
power system is
turned on.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while
the power system is on.
Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 459 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
460
Driving
■
To turn the power system off
Press and hold the button
for one second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.
Red LED:
●
Comes on for one second to let you know
that the power system is turned off.
●
Blinks when the remote is out of the
keyless access system range. The power
system will not be turned off.
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The power system may not be turned on by the
remote engine start if:
• You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the MID.
• The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The transmission is in a position other than (P.
• The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked.
• You have already used the remote twice to turn the
power system on.
• Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle.
• There is any antenna failure.
• The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The telematics unit malfunctions.
• The security system alarm is not set.
Before turning the power system on, make sure to
check the door lock status using the remote. When
you press the button, wait for the green LED to
blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate
did not lock, and the power system is not turned on.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 460 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
461
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
Driving
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
While the power system is on, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
• The climate control system is activated in
recirculation mode.
• The seat ventilation
*
is activated.
When it is cold outside:
• The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
• The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
• The seat heaters and heated steering wheel are
activated
*
.
2 Heated Steering Wheel
*
P. 219
2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat
Ventilation
*
P. 220, 221
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 461 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
462
Driving
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the POWER button simultaneously.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, check that the READY indicator is on,
then press the button. Select
(R when reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 518
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
P. 646
■
Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change the gear position to
(D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
The power system is turned off when the gear
position is changed from
(P before the POWER
button is pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to
drive.
You can also release the parking brake by pulling the
electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
As a hybrid vehicle, the sounds and vibrations from
the engine may be absent even though the vehicle is
ready for driving. It also makes you fail to recognize
that you can start.
Make sure to check if the READY indicator is on
before you start to drive.
When the power system was started using the keyless
access remote
When the power system was started using the keyless access remote
When the power system was started in any case
D/S
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 462 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
463
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the power
system or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not select a shift button while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under
these conditions can eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the power system will shut down and all
steering and brake power assist functions will stop,
making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not press the
(N button, as you will lose
regenerative braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the power system or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 463 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
464
uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission
Driving
Dual Clutch Transmission
As with a conventional gasoline-powered vehicle with an automatic transmission,
this vehicle will creep.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 36
2 Precautions While Driving P. 463
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 464 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
465
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
■
Shift button positions
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
• Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
• Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
• Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
You may occasionally find that it takes longer than
usual for the vehicle to start moving when you select
(R, release the brake pedal, and/or depress the
accelerator pedal. This may occur when the High
Voltage battery level is extremely low, and does not
indicate a vehicle malfunction.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P is shown
on the gear position indicator.
Park
Used when parking, before turning off or
starting the power system
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Drive
Used for:
●
Normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 7th automatically)
●
Temporarily driving in the sequential
mode
Drive (S)
Used for:
●
Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 6th (6th gear is used only at high
speed)
●
Driving in the sequential mode
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 465 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
466
Driving
■
(P (parking) button
The gear position changes to (P when you
press the
(P button while the vehicle is
parked with the power mode in ON.
The indicators on the sides of the (P button
come on.
1Shifting
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.
(P Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 466 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
467
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
come to a complete standstill can damage the
transmission.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before selecting
a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the
transmission is in
(N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may
be cut off even without the engine speed entering
the tachometer’s red zone.
The beeper sounds once when you change to
(R.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
Gear Position Indicator
Tachometer’s red zone
Press the (P button.
Pull back the (R button.
Press the
(N button.
Press the button.
D/S
Shift Button
Indicator
M (sequential mode)
Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
Press the button twice.
If the gear position is in
(D,
press the button again.
D/S
D/S
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 467 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
468
Driving
■
When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to
(P.
• The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2
km/h) or slower.
• The transmission is in other than
(P.
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from
(P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release
the brake pedal.
■
When turning off the power mode
If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission
is in other than
(P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.
1When opening the driver’s door
While the system is designed to automatically change
the gear position to
(P under the described
conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
select
(P before opening the driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 535
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to
(P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system
and lock the doors.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 468 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
469
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]
With the READY indicator on:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Select
(N, then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the MID.
3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds.
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the POWER button is pressed after car wash
mode has been activated, the power mode
will change to ACCESSORY and a message
will be displayed on the MID.
u The gear position remains in
(N with the
power mode in ACCESSORY for 15
minutes, then, it automatically changes
to
(P and the power mode changes to
OFF.
u Manually changing to
(P cancels
ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator
comes on and the power mode changes
to OFF. You must always shift to
(P
when car wash mode is no longer
needed.
1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash
mode]
The transmission may not stay in
(N position while
the following indicators are on or when the message
below appears:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
• POWER SYSTEM indicator
• 12-Volt battery charging system indicator
• The Charging System Problem message on the
MID.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 469 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
470
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Restriction on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the
transmission is in:
1. Under the circumstances
of that:
2. You cannot select:
3. The gear position
remains in/changes to:
How to change the
gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
(N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, depress the
brake pedal, and select
the appropriate gear
position.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D, (S
(R, (N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving. (P
(P or (N The READY indicator is not on.
A gear position other than (P
or (N
(P or (N
Make sure that the
READY indicator
comes on.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 470 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
471
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 7th gears without releasing your
hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
■
When the transmission is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode
gear selection indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the button to return to
normal drive.
■
When the transmission is in (S
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear.
You can cancel this mode by holding the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push
the button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode
indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will turn off.
■
Sequential Mode
1Sequential Mode
The vehicle is engine operated when SPORT+ mode is
on.
D/S
D/S
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 471 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
472
Driving
■
Sequential Mode Operation
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks
when you try to shift up or down, this means your
vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
The transmission is in
(S and SPORT+ mode, to
prioritize the engine performance enhancement, the
transmission may not allow for shifting up while the
engine speed is low.
Downshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 472 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
473
uuWhen DrivinguAcoustic Vehicle Alerting System
Driving
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
Alerts pedestrians when a vehicle is propelled solely by electricity, approaching at
speeds around 12 mph (20 km/h) or less.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 473 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
474
uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System
Driving
Integrated Dynamics System
Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are four modes to select from: Comfort, Normal, Sport, and Sport+.
Press the Dynamic Mode button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the MID.
You can customize the mode default setting using the MID.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
When you restart the power system with Sport+ mode, the mode is changed to Sport automatically.
Normal
Balanced driving performance for most driving situations.
Sport
Enhances vehicle response feel through decreased steering
assist, increased SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® torque bias,
modified Active Sound Control, and a more firm Active
Damper setting.
Comfort
Maximizes driver comfort through increased steering assist
and a softer Active Damper setting.
Dynamic Mode
Button
SPORT+ Mode
Indicator
Sport+
Adds to Sport to allow for increased performance by locking
out EV mode, enhancing throttle response, and changing
the shift map.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 474 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
475
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
Continued
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC with Low Speed Follow,
CMBS
TM
, and auto high-beam, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of
the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 475 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
476
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 476 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
477
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your
vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low
Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever
necessary, and always keep a safe interval between
your vehicle and other vehicles.
Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with Low Speed
Follow can lead to a crash.
Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only when
driving on expressways or freeways and in
good weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited
braking capability and may not stop your
vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a
vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead
within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low Speed Follow
operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with
Low Speed Follow operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■
Gear position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 477 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
478
Driving
■
How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC with
Low Speed Follow and the Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS) are either turned on or off.
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly
under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 484
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn
off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This
also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKAS).
Do not use ACC with Low Speed Follow under the
following conditions:
• On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
• On roads with sharp turns.
• On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with Low Speed Follow will not apply
the brakes to maintain the set speed.
• On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel.
ACC with Low Speed
Follow is ready to use.
How to use
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 478 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
479
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed
Follow begins.
When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If your vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC with Low
Speed Follow begins
Press down and release
RES/+/SET/− Switch
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 479 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
480
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts
operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and
set speed appear on the MID.
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 480 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
481
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■
There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with
Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed
Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the
vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 487
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds, a message appears
on the MID, and the head-up warning lights
*
come
on.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the
following circumstances:
• The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
Beep
Head-up Warning Lights
*
ACC with Low Speed Follow Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears
on the MID.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 481 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
482
Driving
■
There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow
accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and
then maintains it.
While stationary and no vehicle is detected,
ACC with Low Speed Follow automatically
cancels and a beeper sounds.
■
When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the
accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed.
There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is
lightly applied.
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the MID.
1When in Operation
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with
Low Speed Follow detecting range. Change the ACC
Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 484
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 482 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
483
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■
A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and
slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the MID.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the MID blinks. If you press
the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, or
depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with Low
Speed Follow operates again within the prior
set speed.
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow
range and slows to a stop
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with Low Speed Follow
system is operating can result in the vehicle
moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 483 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
484
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
■
Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■
Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■
Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with Low Speed Follow is
shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 526
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 484 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
485
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■
Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle impacted a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 485 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
486
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering
wheel.
• Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to
maintain the set interval between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the MID or information screen
between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
To increase speed
To decrease speed
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 486 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
487
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC with Low Speed Follow following-
interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through short,
middle, long, and extra long following-
intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-interval
Interval Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 487 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
488
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low
Speed Follow interval setting.
Following-interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec
100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec
137 feet
42 meters
1.5 sec
Long
154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec
200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec
265 feet
81 meters
2.8 sec
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 488 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
489
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any
of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC with Low Speed Follow indicator
goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u When the Low Speed Follow function
has stopped the vehicle, you cannot
cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow by
depressing the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with Low Speed Follow, you can
resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed.
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch up.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the
MAIN button. Press the MAIN button to activate the
system, then set the desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 489 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
490
Driving
■
Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the MID when ACC with Low Speed
Follow is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with
Low Speed Follow to automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range is too
close to your vehicle.
• When the detected vehicle goes out of the ACC with Low Speed Follow range
while your vehicle is stationary.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the
following causes. In these cases, the electric parking brake will be automatically
applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The power system is turned off.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with Low Speed Follow has been
automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior
set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC
with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves, then
press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 490 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
491
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the MID for two seconds, and then the mode
switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC with Low Speed
Follow, press and hold the button again for
one second. ACC Mode Selected appears on
the MID for two seconds.
■
When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you
reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is
increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases
or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
■
To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the MID or information screen
between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
ACC with
Low Speed
Follow ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 491 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
492
Driving
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/
SET/– switch up while driving at a speed of at least
25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).
• When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 492 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
493
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to
detected lane markings without a turn signal
activated, the system, in addition to a visual
alert, applies steering torque and alerts you
with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to
help you remain within the detected lane.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the MID.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 496
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 493 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
494
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
■
How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 99
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
• Not driven within a traffic lane.
• Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
• Driven in a narrow lane.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 494 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
495
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the MID when
the system is on.
■
RDM On and Off
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the MID or information
screen, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 131, 362
RDM Button
Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 495 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
496
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 496 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
497
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 497 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
498
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 122
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent
correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 504
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
Front Sensor
Camera
Monitors the
lane lines
■
Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel and a warning display alert
you that the vehicle is drifting out
of a detected lane.
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 498 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
499
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 499 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
500
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■
How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the MID.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the MID.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 500 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
501
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you turn the
power system off, even if you turned it on the
last time you drove the vehicle.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with Low
Speed Follow on and off.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 501 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
502
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■
The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate continuously.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the MID
change to contour lines, and the
beeper sounds (if activated).
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 502 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
503
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■
The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■
The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 503 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
504
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 504 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
505
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 505 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
506
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the
brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine and motor do not respond to the
accelerator. You may also notice some noise
from the hydraulic system. You will also see
the indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 506 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
507
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you turn the
power system on, even if you turned it off the
last time you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after turning the power
system on or while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 507 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
508
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 508 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
509
uuWhen DrivinguSPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
Driving
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of motor and/or engine torque
to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.
SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle
situations like slippery surfaces, such as snow, sand, mud, and steep hills, better
than when driving with standard two wheel drive. However, the system does not
help to enhance braking. Be cautious about the following:
• It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes.
• Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
1SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SPORT
HYBRID SH-AWD®)
Do not drive through deep water.
The SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD® system may not
function properly if tire type and size are mixed.
Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and
the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 597
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 509 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
510
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
Driving
Blind spot information System
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.
■
How the system works
1Blind spot information System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information
system has limitations. Over reliance on blind spot
information system may result in a collision.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may
not come on under the following conditions:
• A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
• An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
• A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners
Alert Zone
A
B
C
●
The transmission is in
(D or (S.
●
Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32
km/h) and 100 mph
(160 km/h)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 510 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
511
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
Driving
■
When the system detects a vehicle
Blind spot information System Alert Indicator:
Located near the pillar on both sides.
Comes on when:
• A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
• You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
1Blind spot information System
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes,
etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not
Available MID appearing.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may come on even with the message appearing.
The system does not operate when in
(R.
You can turn off the audible alert, or all the blind spot
information system alert using the information screen
or MID.
2 Customizable Features P. 134, 362
Blind spot information system may be adversely
affected when:
• Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
• An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
• Driving on a curved road.
• A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
• The system picks up external electrical interference.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed.
• The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
• In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
Comes On
Blinks
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 511 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
512
Driving
1Blind spot information System
For a proper blind spot information system operation:
• Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
• Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
• Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be
repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly
impacted.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 512 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
513
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the MID.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 646
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of
changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you
are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the
system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously
for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is
reached. Stop filling the tire.
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 513 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
514
Driving
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power
mode to ON, and roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls until you see the tire
pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the MID can be slightly
different from the actual pressure as measured by a
gauge. If there is a significant difference between the
two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
and the message on the MID do not go off after you
have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have
the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire
*
, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 514 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
515
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 515 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
516
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 516 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
517
uuWhen DrivinguHigh Voltage Battery
Driving
High Voltage Battery
The High Voltage battery gradually discharges when the vehicle is not in use. As a
result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery level may
get low. Keeping your vehicle’s battery level low can shorten the battery life. To
maintain the battery, drive your vehicle for more than 30 minutes to recharge the
battery at least once every three months.
To help maintain the battery life, when parking under the direct sunlight during
summer, try find a shaded area.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 517 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
518
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
■
To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
position the power mode is in.
Press the electric parking brake switch gently
and securely.
u The electric parking brake indicator
comes on.
■
Parking Brake
1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
whirring sound from the engine compartment. This is
because the brake system is in operation, and it is
normal.
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
12-volt battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 638
If you press and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving, the brakes on all four
wheels are applied by the VSA® system until the
vehicle comes to a stop. The electric parking
brake then applies, and the switch should be
released.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 518 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
519
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■
To release
The power mode must be in ON in order to
release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
• When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
Low Speed Follow.
• When the power system is turned off while ACC
with Low Speed Follow is activated.
• When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and automatic brake hold is
applied.
• When the power system is turned off while
automatic brake hold is applied.
• When there is a problem with the Automatic Brake
Hold System while automatic brake hold is applied.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 519 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBrakinguBrake System
520
Driving
■
To release automatically
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes
off.
You can release the parking brake automatically when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The power system is on.
• The transmission is not in
(P or (N.
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator
pedal may need to be pressed farther to
automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Electric parking brake system indicator
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator
Accelerator Pedal
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 520 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
521
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 525
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 524
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply regenerative braking by taking
your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting
to a lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 521 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBrakinguBrake System
522
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P and applying the parking
brake.
■
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
power system. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must be in
(D, (S or (N.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.
■
Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in
(D or
(S. The system is
canceled and the vehicle
starts to move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.
Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
Comes
On
On
On
U.S.
Canada
Comes
On
Comes
On
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 522 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
523
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■
The system automatically cancels when:
• You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R.
• You engage the parking brake.
■
The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The power system is turned off.
• There is a problem with automatic brake hold system.
■
Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
power system or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 535
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the power
system is off.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation.
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 523 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
524
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■
ABS operation
You may hear an operating noise when the ABS is working. Depress the brake pedal
and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press
on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the
ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
• You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
• The tires are equipped with tire chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
power system has been turned on and while the
vehicle accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 524 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
525
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■
Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 525 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
526
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
■
How the system works
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 530
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
Be careful not to severely impact the radar sensor
cover.
1How the system works
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you
when your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62 mph
(30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle
detected in front of you.
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance
of a collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
When to use
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 526 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
527
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through MID setting
options.
2 List of customizable options P. 134, 362
■
Vibration alert on the steering wheel
When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the
system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and
audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the
steering wheel, etc.).
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 530
The head-up warning
*
uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens
The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision,
and stops if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Head-up
Warning
Lights
*
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
Tactile Alert
1Vibration alert on the steering wheel
Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric
power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.
2 Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator P. 95
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 527 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
528
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The sensors detect a
vehicle
Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering Wheel Braking
Stage one
There is a risk of a
collision with the
vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible
alerts come on at a longer
distance from a vehicle ahead
than in Normal setting, and in
Short, at a shorter distance than
in Normal.
In case of an
oncoming vehicle
detected, rapid
vibration is
provided.
—
Stage two
The risk of a collision
has increased, time to
respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts. —
Lightly
applied
Stage three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a
collision is
unavoidable.
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 528 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
529
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the MID reminds you that the
system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you start
the power system, even if you turned it off the
last time you drove the vehicle.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 530
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 529 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
530
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle impacted a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 530 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
531
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 531 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
532
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 532 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
533
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
■
Automatic shutoff
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 533 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
534
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■
When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■
At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■
On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■
Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■
Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to radar
sensor area. This can impact CMBS
TM
operation.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 534 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
535
Continued
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the gear position to
(P.
4. Turn off the power system.
u The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P is shown
on the gear position indicator.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal or creeping.
2 Creeping P. 464
• Changing to (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 535 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
536
Driving
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an
incline.
If during in Auto Engine Stop, the gear position changes to
(P and the engine
restarts automatically under the following conditions:
• The power system is on.
• The gear position is not in
(P.
• You unfasten the driver side seat belt and open the door.
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 536 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
537
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
Continued
Driving
Parking Sensor System
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the
beeper and information screen let you know the approximate distance between
your vehicle and the obstacle.
■
The sensor location and range
1Parking Sensor System
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
• The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt.
• The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill.
• The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
• The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves.
• Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense:
• Thin or low objects.
• Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge.
• Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
Within about 28 in (70 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors
Rear Center Sensors
Front: Within about 39 in (100 cm) or less
Rear: Within about 45 in (115 cm) or less
Front Center Sensors
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 537 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
538
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
Driving
■
Parking sensor system on and off
With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn on or off
the system. The indicator in the button comes
on when the system is on.
The rear center and corner sensors and the
front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle
when the transmission is in
(R, and the
vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The front center and corner sensors start to
detect an obstacle when the transmission is
not in
(P or (R, and the vehicle speed is less
than 5 mph (8 km/h).
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 538 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
539
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
Continued
Driving
■
When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Length of the
intermittent beep
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle
Indicator Information Screen
Corner Sensors Center Sensors
Moderate —
Rear: About 45-28 in
(115-70 cm)
Front: About 39-28 in
(100-70 cm)
Blinks in Yellow
*1
Short
About 28-18 in
(70-45 cm)
About 28-18 in
(70-45 cm)
Blinks in Amber
Very short
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Continuous
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
Blinks in Red
Indicators light where the
sensor detects an obstacle.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 539 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
540
Driving
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.
■
Turning off All Rear Sensors
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you set the gear position to
(R, the indicator
in the parking sensor system button blinks as a
reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 540 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
541
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
Continued
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 541 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
542
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 544
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your
vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
• An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
• Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
• A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
• The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
• Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
• When there is bad weather.
• Your vehicle is on an incline.
• Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
• Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 542 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
543
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the information
screen.
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1Cross Traffic Monitor
The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides
the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors
are detecting obstacles at the closest range.
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the transmission is in
(R, mud snow or ice, etc.
may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor.
The system is temporarily canceled. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in
(R,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in
(R, there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Wide ViewNormal View
Arrow Icon
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Top Down View
Rear Normal ViewRear Wide ViewRear Ground View
Arrow Icon
Models with surround view camera system
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 543 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
545
Continued
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 362
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
Approx. 39 inches
(1 m)
Approx. 20 inches
(50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 545 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
546
uuMulti-View Rear Camera
*
uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the
selector knob to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
• If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is
selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF,
Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the
transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change
from
(R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 546 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
547
Driving
Surround View Camera System
*
Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as “blind spots” from
different angles, then displays the images on the information screen. This system
can be used to:
• Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with
poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.).
2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 555
• Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in
confined areas.
2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 555
• Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R.
2 When Parking Your Vehicle P. 551
• Assist you when backing into or parallel parking the vehicle in a lined parking
space.
2 Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 552
2 Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines P. 553
1Surround View Camera System
*
3
WARNING
Failure to visually assess the area around
the vehicle (directly or by use of the
mirrors) may result in a crash causing
serious injury or death.
The areas shown in the surround view
camera system display are limited. The
display may not show all pedestrians or
other objects around your vehicle.
Do not solely rely only on the surround
view camera system display to assess
whether it is safe to move your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to pay proper attention to your
surroundings while driving may result in a
crash causing serious injury or death.
To help mitigate the chances of a collision,
only look at the surround view camera
system display when it is safe to do so.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 547 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
548
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Driving
Displaying an Image From the Surround View
Cameras
■
For frontal views:
Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is
stationary or moving at 7 mph (12 km/h) or
slower. Press the button again to switch
camera views.
■
For rear reviews:
Change the gear position to (R when the
vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA
button to switch to rear view mode.
You can customize the display setting.
2 Customized Features P. 362
1Surround View Camera System
*
The surround view camera system does not eliminate
all blind spots. The system is for your convenience
only.
Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from
debris.
1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
The navigation system is disabled when the gear
position is in
(R.
Operating the navigation system while the surround
view camera system screen is displayed cancels the
surround view camera system screen and starts up
the navigation system screen.
If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle
speed is more than 9 mph (15 km/h), the standby
screen appears.
When Show Camera When Decelerating is on,
and the vehicle speed is reduced below 7 mph (12
km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera
system image.
2 Customized Features P. 362
CAMERA
Button
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 548 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
549
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Continued
Driving
■
Camera Locations and Images
Ground View
An overhead view created by the
combination of images captured
by four cameras.
Left and Right
Side View
Front Ground View
Right Side View
Front Wide View
Sideview Camera
(Passenger side)
Sideview Camera
(Driver side)
The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear
differently than they actually are - objects seen on the information screen
may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This becomes
more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.
CAMERA
Button
Rear
Ground
View
Rear
Wide
View
Rear
Normal
View
CAMERA Button
CAMERA Button
CAMERA Button
Press and
hold
CAMERA
button.
CAMERA
Button
CAMERA Button
Rearview Camera
Front-view Camera
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 549 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
550
Driving
The following can be displayed when the system is on.
Guide lines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the
rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance.
Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current
position.
Depending on your parking situation, you can select Back-in Left Park Guidance,
Back-in Right Park Guidance, Left Parallel Park Guidance, or Right Parallel
Park Guidance from Camera Menu to display:
Initial position guide: Marks the point
where your vehicle is headed when reversing.
Steering position alignment guide:
Indicates when to change the steering wheel
position.
■
Reference Lines and Guides
1Reference Lines and Guides
The positions/distances indicated by the guide lines
and camera views on the display may differ from the
actual positions/distances due to the changes in the
vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors.
The guide lines should be used as a reference only.
The guide lines can be turned on and off using the
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 362
If you turn the guide lines off, they remain off until
you turn them back on.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 550 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
551
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uUsing the Surround View Camera System
Continued
Driving
Using the Surround View Camera System
■
Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is
changed to
(R.
■
When Parking Your Vehicle
1When Parking Your Vehicle
The ground view can be displayed even with the door
mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and
blind spot change.
Do not refer to the surround view camera system
when the door mirrors are folded.
FoldedNot folded
1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
When changing the gear position from/to
(R, you
may experience a delay in switching between the
information screen and a rear view image.
Rear Wide ViewRear Normal View Rear Ground View
When the
steering wheel
is turned more
than 90
degrees.
The projection lines
appear approx. 16
inches (40 cm) outside
the vehicle body.
Blind spots
appear in
black.
Press the CAMERA
button.
Approximate distances
the guide lines indicate
Approximate distances the
projection lines indicate
39 inches (1 m)20 inches
(50 cm)
39 inches
(1 m)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 551 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uUsing the Surround View Camera System
552
Driving
1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, press the CAMERA button, then press the
ENTER/MENU button. Rotate to select Back-in Left Park Guidance or
Back-in Right Park Guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward perpendicular to the parking space and stop where the
initial positioning guide in the display is at the center of the parking space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly move the vehicle forward.
u
Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide enters the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Start reversing the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.
■
Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
1Reversing into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
If the steering position alignment guide does not fit in
the parking lines, the parking space is too small for
the vehicle.
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.
Must be wider than approx. 8 feet (2.5 m)
The initial positioning
guide must come here.
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)
Make sure the guides
are within the parking
space when reversing.
Initial
Positioning
Guide
Steering Position
Alignment Guide
A
B
C
Steering position alignment
guide enters the parking
space. (Step 4)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 552 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
553
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uUsing the Surround View Camera System
Driving
1. Press the CAMERA button, then press the ENTER/MENU button. Rotate to
select Left Parallel Park Guidance or Right Parallel Park Guidance. Press .
2. Move the vehicle forward parallel to the parking space and stop when the initial
positioning guide shown in the display overlaps the front corner of the space.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop.
u The steering position alignment guide is displayed.
4. Slowly reverse the vehicle.
u Stop the vehicle when the steering position alignment guide overlaps the
sideline of the parking space.
5. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left (if the parking space is on the passenger
side) at a stop. Reverse the vehicle slowly.
6. Stop the vehicle when it is parallel to the parking lines.
7. Return the steering wheel to its center position, then reverse the vehicle slowly
until it is parked within the space.
■
Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
1Parallel Parking into a Parking Space Marked with Parking Lines
Reference lines can be useful only when the parking
space is in a rectangular shape with straight parking
marks and when vehicles in the next parking spaces
are within the spaces.
Initial
Positioning
Guide
Steering Position
Alignment Guide
Must be wider than approx. 20 feet (6 m)
Must be
wider than
approx. 8
feet (2.5 m)
Must be longer than approx. 21 feet (6.5 m)
A
B
C
Initial
positioning
guide
overlaps the
front corner
of the space.
(Step 2)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 553 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uUsing the Surround View Camera System
554
Driving
You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the
system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 7 mph (12
km/h) changes the image as follows.
■
Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
When the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h),
the front or side view on the screen automatically
switches to the information screen. The front or side
view screen resumes when Show Camera When
Decelerating is on, and the vehicle speed is reduced
below 7 mph (12 km/h).
2 Customized Features P. 362
0 mph (0 km/h)
Down Up
Camera
Screen
Camera
Screen
*1
Information
Screen
Information
Screen
9 mph (15 km/h)
7 mph (12 km/h)0 mph (0 km/h)
*1: When Show Camera When Decelerating is on.
Side
View
Front Wide View Front Ground View
Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
A Combined Image of
Both Side Views
Approximate distance
the reference line
indicates.
Blind spots
appear in black.
Projection lines
appear.
Press the CAMERA
button.
When the
steering wheel
is turned more
than 90
degrees.
approx. 3 feet (1 m)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 554 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
555
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uUsing the Surround View Camera System
Driving
■
Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing
from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.
■
Checking the sides of your vehicle
The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or
slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.
1Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The
displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects
may appear closer or more distant than they actually
are.
The angle
provided by the
front wide view
screen is 180
degrees.
Front Wide View Screen
When the vehicle
speed is below 7
mph (12 km/h),
press the
CAMERA
button
repeatedly until
the front wide
view comes on.
1Checking the sides of your vehicle
When the door mirrors are folded, the side views
cannot be displayed.
Side View Screen
12 inches
(30 cm)
12 inches
(30 cm)
Press and hold the
CAMERA button.
Approximate distance
the projection lines
indicate is 12 inches
(30 cm) from the
vehicle.
Side Views
The images
from the side
cameras.
12 inches
(30 cm)
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 555 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
556
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uUsing the Surround View Camera System
Driving
The system may not work properly under the following conditions.
■
Surround View Camera System Limitations
Conditions Solutions
The images may not
appear clearly when:
●
You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain,
snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.
●
Camera temperatures are high.
●
A sudden change between light and dark such as an
entrance or exit of a tunnel.
●
You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)
Do not use the surround view camera system but rely
only on visual confirmation until the conditions allow
the system to work properly.
●
A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or
debris.
●
A camera lens is scratched.
Clean camera lenses with a soft cloth moisturized with
water, mild detergent or glass cleaner.
The information screen is dirty. Wipe off the screen using a soft dry cloth.
A camera angle is
altered.
A camera or the area around the camera has been
severely impacted.
Do not use the surround view camera system and
contact a dealer.
An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 556 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
557
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■
Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
The use of regular unleaded gasoline can cause metallic knocking noises in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
■
Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■
Fuel tank capacity: 19.4 US gal (73.3 L)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some
gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as
ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 557 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
558
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the power system.
3. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only
service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of
smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon
fuel for other uses) or other non-service station
devices can damage the area in and around the filler
opening.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Turn the power system off, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Press
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 558 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
559
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
P. 660
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 559 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
560
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
MID.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 572
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100
Liters of
fuel
Kilometers
driven
L per 100 km
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 560 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
561
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 562
Safety When Performing Maintenance..563
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service...564
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 565
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 569
Opening the Hood ........................... 570
Engine Compartment Cover............. 571
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 572
Oil Check......................................... 573
Adding Engine Oil............................ 574
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter...575
Cooling System................................ 577
Inverter Coolant............................... 579
Transmission Fluid............................ 580
Brake Fluid....................................... 581
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 581
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 582
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
... 587
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 591
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 592
Tire Labeling .................................... 592
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 594
Wear Indicators................................ 596
Tire Service Life................................ 596
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 597
Tire Rotation.................................... 598
Winter Tires ..................................... 599
12-Volt Battery ................................. 600
Remote Transmitter Care................. 601
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone Care
*
........................... 602
Climate Control System Maintenance
..604
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 605
Exterior Care.................................... 607
Accessories and Modifications ........ 611
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 561 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
562
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■
Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■
Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 581
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 591
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 582
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 587
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display (MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 567
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 670
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 562 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
563
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Continued
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot
warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance.
Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the 12-volt battery, all High Voltage system, and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt
battery or compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
■
Maintenance Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 563 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
564
Maintenance
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the power system is turned off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system
cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and
limbs away from moving parts. When the power system is on, the engine can
automatically start, or the radiator fan may start operating without the engine
running.
• Do not touch the high-voltage battery and wiring (orange).
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
■
Vehicle Safety
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 564 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
565
Continued
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the multi-information display (MID) every time you set the power mode
to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring
your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the MID.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Roll the multi-function steering-wheel controls until the engine oil life appears on
the MID.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the MID.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 567
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
00
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Multi-function
Steering-wheel
Controls
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 565 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
566
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display (MID)
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to
6 percent. Once you switch the
display by rolling the multi-function
steering-wheel controls, this
message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and serviced
soon.
Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Roll the multi-function
steering-wheel controls to switch to
another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be inspected
and serviced as soon as possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Roll the multi-
function steering wheel control to
switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 566 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
567
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub Items
Main
Item
*1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display
is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Check expiration date for Temporary Tire Repair Kit
bottle
*
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA®)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
at 30,000 miles (48,000 km), then every 25,000 miles (40,000 km).
*5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under
-20°F, -29°C), replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.
*6: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher level of mechanical (Shear)
stress to fluid. This requires twin motor unit fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the twin motor
unit fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
*5
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
6
●
Replace twin motor unit fluid
*6
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 567 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
568
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Go to Vehicle Settings, then go to the Maintenance Info. group.
2 Customized Features P. 131
3. Push the multi-function steering-wheel controls.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the MID.
4. Select Reset with the multi-function steering-wheel controls, then push the
multi-function steering wheel control.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
u To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the multi-function
steering-wheel controls.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
You can also reset the engine oil life display using the
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 362
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Multi-function
Steering-wheel
Controls
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 568 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
569
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Washer Fluid
Radiator Cap
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
12-Volt Battery
Inverter Coolant
Filler Tank
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 569 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
570
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center) to
the side and raise the hood. Once you have
raised the hood slightly, you can release the
lever.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way.
u The hydraulic support will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately 12
inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with
your hands.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 570 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
571
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Cover
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.
Pull up on the engine compartment cover carefully until all pins are removed from
their grommets.
Remove the Engine Compartment Cover
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 571 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
572
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■
Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Acura Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 572 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
573
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having
run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes
before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 573 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
574
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 574 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
575
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi-
information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Washer
Drain Bolt
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 575 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
576
Maintenance
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 576 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
577
uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System
Continued
Maintenance
Cooling System
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 571
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Cooling System
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about –31°F (–35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
MAX MIN
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 577 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System
578
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 571
3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-
clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Radiator Cap
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 578 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
579
uuMaintenance Under the HooduInverter Coolant
Maintenance
Inverter Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the inverter coolant level every time you refuel.
Have a dealer replace the inverter coolant.
1. Check the fluid level in the tank.
2. If the coolant level has dropped below the
MIN level, have your vehicle serviced at a
dealer.
u Only a properly trained technician can
refill the coolant and check the system
for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Checking the Coolant
1Inverter Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about –31°F (–35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the motor components.
MAX
MIN
Filler Tank
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 579 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
580
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the dual clutch transmission fluid yourself.
■
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura ATF DW-1
1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Acura ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 580 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
581
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the MID.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
Brake Reserve Tank
MIN
MAX
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 581 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
582
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and
Front Side Marker Lights
Front turn signal/parking, daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type.
Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Lights
*
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area, have the aiming
readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 582 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
583
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Continued
Maintenance
Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover.
u Starting at the bottom, carefully pull the
cover straight out, working upward until
all pins are removed from their
grommets.
u The grommets should remain in the
body.
2. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Brake Light: 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Bolts
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 583 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
584
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights/Rear Side Marker Lights
Maintenance
4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it. Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
6. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on
the body.
7. Align the pins with the body grommets,
then push in until they fully seat.
Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights
Taillights/rear side marker lights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Bulb Socket
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 584 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
585
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge
using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it. Remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.
Taillights
Taillights are the LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
Bulb
Socket
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 585 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
586
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Lights
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Lights
Rear license plate lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Puddle Lights
Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 586 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
587
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flat-
tip screwdriver to push it up.
Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to
prevent scratches.
3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
Lock Tab
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 587 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
588
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the wiper blade out of the holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the wiper blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new wiper blade.
u Correctly align the wiper blade
protrusion and the retainer grooves.
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then
push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Retainer
Blade
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 588 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
589
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.
3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the
rear window.
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 589 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
590
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 590 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
591
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■
Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare
*
. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20
kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■
Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 596
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 591 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
592
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P235/60R18 102T
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
102: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 592 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
593
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uTire Labeling
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 593 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
594
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 594 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
595
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 595 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
596
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare
*
, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 596 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
597
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 597 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
598
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the MID helps to distribute
wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■
Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■
Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
Front
Front
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 598 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
599
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Cable Chain Super Z LT - ZT735
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 599 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
600
Maintenance
12-Volt Battery
Checking the 12-Volt Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the multi-information display (MID) will
display a warning message. If this happens,
have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 240
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 142
Charging the 12-Volt Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (−) cable first, and reconnect it last.
112-Volt Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Battery
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 600 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
601
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
u As a convenience, lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold
them in place.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery.
u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
NOTICE
The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 601 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
602
Maintenance
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
Replacing the Battery
If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the rear
entertainment system, replace the battery.
1. Remove the cover.
2. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Remote Control
Models with Rear Entertainment System
1Replacing the Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Make sure to replace all the batteries at once.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote control
can cause severe internal burns and can
even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Battery type: BR3032
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 602 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
603
uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
uReplacing the Battery
Maintenance
If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the battery.
1. Remove the screw.
2. Open the cover.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
■
Wireless Headphone
Battery type: AAA
Cover
Battery
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 603 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
604
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 604 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
605
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 605 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
606
Maintenance
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
The front and second row passenger’s floor
mats hook over floor anchors, which keep
them from sliding forward. To remove a mat
for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the
unlock position. When reinstalling the mat
after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock
position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Floor Mats
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor.
2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting
control) P. 176
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers P. 183
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 475
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 606 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
607
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.
Air Intake Vents
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the
vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in
(N
position [car wash mode] P. 469
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 607 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
608
Maintenance
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 608 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
609
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 609 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
611
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 648
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
3
WARNING
Use of improperly designed, engineered or
manufactured high-voltage battery
assemblies could cause a fire in your
vehicle.
A vehicle fire could result in a crash or
injury.
Only use a genuine Acura high-voltage
battery assembly, or its equivalent, in your
vehicle.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 611 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
612
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system
or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical
equipment can result in a crash or a fire.
If you ever need to replace your vehicle’s high-voltage battery assembly outside of
warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Acura high-
voltage battery assembly. Genuine Acura high-voltage battery assemblies are
designed to work with your vehicle's hybrid power system and have been designed,
engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-
voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and
manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,
loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or
injury.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 612 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
613
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 614
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 615
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 623
Power System Won’t Start............... 635
Checking the Procedure................... 635
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak ............................................. 636
Emergency Power System Off........... 637
Jump Starting.................................... 638
Models with a compact spare tire
Models with temporary tire repair kit
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 640
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On... 642
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 642
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 643
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On ................................................... 644
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator Comes On ..........644
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks........................ 646
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message...... 646
If the Power System Indicator Comes On.. 647
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 648
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 656
Emergency Towing........................... 657
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Door................................................. 658
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
..659
Refueling........................................... 660
Refueling From a Portable Fuel
Container ...................................660
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 613 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
615
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Put the transmission into
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Models with a compact spare tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle (if
equipped). If a different agent is used, you may
permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 615 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
616
Handling the Unexpected
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the
floor lid and open the lid.
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack
handle bar out of the tool case.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
The wheel nut wrench supplied with your vehicle is
specially adapted to fit the holder shaft. Do not use
any other tool.
The subwoofer is located on the rear right side. Do
not store anything in this area. Doing so may
compromise vehicle audio performance.
Handle
Cargo Floor Box
Tool Case
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 616 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
617
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Remove the cover on the cargo area lining
to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist.
5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack
handle bar on the hoist shaft.
Turn the wrench to the left to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to
create slack in the cable.
7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.
Cover
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench
Bracket
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 617 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
618
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and
rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
9. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side
up) under the vehicle body, near the tire
that needs to be replaced.
10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 618 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
619
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the power system is on.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and no person should place any
portion of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
Jacking Points
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 619 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
620
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13.0 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 620 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
621
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face up under the hoist.
3. Insert the hoist bracket into the center hole
of the flat tire.
4. Slowly turn the wheel nut wrench clockwise
to take up the hoist cable slack. Make sure
the bracket is seated in the center hole of
the flat tire.
5. Turn the wheel nut wrench with the jack
handle bar (clockwise) until the flat tire rests
against the underbody of the vehicle, and
you hear the hoist click.
6. Securely store the jack, wheel nut wrench,
and jack handle bar back in the tool case.
Store the case in the cargo area.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the jack and tools securely before
driving.
Center Cap
Wheel Nut Wrench
Jack Handle Bar
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 621 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
622
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire
Pressure Monitor Problem will appear on the multi-information display and the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on; however, this is normal
and is no cause for concern.
If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the MID and the
low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
■
TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a
tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 622 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
623
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Put the transmission into
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Models with temporary tire repair kit
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to
have the vehicle towed.
• The tire sealant has expired.
• More than one tire is punctured.
• The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4mm).
• The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
• Damage has been caused by driving with the tires
extremely under inflated.
• The tire bead is no longer seated.
• The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Use Kit
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
No
Contact
Area
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 623 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
624
Handling the Unexpected
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
AIR
Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label
Pressure Gauge
Power Plug
Instruction Manual
Sealant/Air Hose
Inflator Switch
REPAIR
Selector Knob
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 624 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
625
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid
and open the lid.
2. Take out the cargo floor box.
3. Take the kit out of the case.
4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Handle
Cargo Floor Box
Case Tire Repair Kit
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 625 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
626
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
WARNING
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 626 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
627
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electric devices
into other accessory power sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 216
5. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 80
6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor
for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can
overheat and become permanently damaged.
There are three accessory power sockets:
• In the console compartment
• In the front of the center pocket
• In the left side panel in the cargo area
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 216
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
REPAIR
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 627 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
628
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches 35 psi (240
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Pressure Relief Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 628 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
629
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
12. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Repair Notification Label
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 629 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
630
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 632
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The
leak is too severe. Call for help and have
your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 657
• 35 psi (240 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check
the tire pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down
after 10 minutes of driving, you do not
need to check the tire pressure again.
Sealant/Air Hose
AIR
OFF
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 630 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
631
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less
than 35 psi (240 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches 35 psi
(240 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 632
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check
the tire pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as
long as the air pressure is within this
range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem.
Reinstall the valve cap.
9. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 631 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
632
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured, under-inflated tire.
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 624
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Air Only Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Air Only Hose
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 632 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Continued
633
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 216
8. Turn the power system on.
u Keep the power system on while
injecting air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 80
9. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
AIR
ON
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 633 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
634
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 634 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
635
Handling the Unexpected
Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure
When the READY indicator does not come on and the Ready To Drive message
does not appear on the multi-information display, check the following items and
take appropriate action.
Checklist Condition What to Do
Check if the related
indicator or multi-
information display
messages come on.
The Temperature Is Too Cold For Vehicle To Operate
message appears.
2 Multi-Information Display (MID) Warning
and Information Messages P. 105
The To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears.
uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its operating range.
2 POWER Button Operating Range P. 171
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is
Weak P. 636
The POWER SYSTEM indicator comes on. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The transmission system indicator blinks and Transmission
Problem Apply Parking Brake When Parked message
appears.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message P. 646
Check the brightness
of the interior lights.
The interior lights are dim or do not come on at all. Have the 12-volt battery checked by a dealer.
The interior lights come on normally. Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 656
Check the gear
position.
The transmission is not in (P. Change the gear position to (P.
Check the
immobilizer system
indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the power
system cannot be turned on.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 96
1Checking the Procedure
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 638
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 635 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
636
uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the POWER button
flashes, and the READY indicator does not come on.
Turn on the power system as follows:
1. Touch the center of the POWER button
with the A logo on the keyless access
remote while the indicator on the POWER
button is flashing. The buttons on the
keyless access remote should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
POWER button within 10 seconds after the
beeper sounds while the indicator stays on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 636 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
637
uuPower System Won’t StartuEmergency Power System Off
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Power System Off
The POWER button may be used to turn the power system off due to an emergency
situation even while driving. If you must turn the power system off, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the POWER button about for two seconds.
• Firmly press the POWER button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the power system
disables the power assist the power system provides to the steering and braking
systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow
the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop
immediately in a safe place.
The transmission automatically changes to
(P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
1Emergency Power System Off
Do not press the POWER button while driving unless
it is absolutely necessary for the power system to be
turned off.
If you press the POWER button while driving, the
beeper sounds.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 637 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
638
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the power
system, then open the hood.
1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from
the pins.
u Start on the passenger side and lift up on
the outermost edge of the cover.
u Move towards the driver side while
applying uniform upward pressure.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
12-volt Battery performance degrades in cold
conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not
follow the correct procedure, seriously
injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the 12-volt battery.
Engine
Cover
Pin
Booster Battery
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 638 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
639
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine hanger as
shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to
any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 639 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
640
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The high temperature indicator comes on or the engine suddenly loses power.
• The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears
on the multi-information display (MID).
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■
First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the power system on and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the power system and wait until it
subsides. Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the high temperature
indicator on may damage the engine.
Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When
Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on
the multi-information display may damage the
engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 640 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
641
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
Handling the Unexpected
■
Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
turn the power system off once the high
temperature indicator goes off.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately turn the power system off.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■
Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on, and check the
high temperature indicator.
If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving. If it stay on, contact a dealer
for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve Tank MAX MIN
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 641 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
642
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■
What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■
What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Turn the power system off and let it sit for approximately three
minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
2 Oil Check P. 573
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately turn
the power system off and contact a dealer for repairs.
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the 12-Volt battery is not being charged.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
power system. Restarting the power system may
rapidly discharge the battery.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 642 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
643
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■
Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■
What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■
What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the power system, drive to the nearest
dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 643 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
644
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using regenerative braking.
If the Speed-Sensitive Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the power system.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If both red and amber brake system indicators come
on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it
inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 644 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
645
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes
On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the electric parking brake
system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle
inspected at a dealer.
■
What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on
or blinks at the same time
Release the parking brake.
2 Parking Brake P. 518
• If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks, even after
releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and call a dealer.
u Preventing the vehicle from moving, put the transmission into
(P.
• If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get
your vehicle inspected at a dealer.
1If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, it may not release.
If the electric parking brake indicator also turns on,
the parking brake is still applied.
When the electric parking brake indicator blinks at
the same time as the electric parking brake system
indicator, the system must be checked. The parking
brake may not operate under these conditions.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 645 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
646
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS
with Tire Fill Assist or the compact spare tire
*
is installed, the indicator
blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
If the compact spare tire
*
causes the indicator to come on, change the
tire to a full-size tire.
■
What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire
*
causes the indicator to first blink, and then stays on, change
the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few
miles (kilometers).
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message
■
Reasons for the indicator to blink
The transmission is malfunctioning.
■
What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS with Tire Fill Assist provides visual and audible
assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the
power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up
or down, the system alerts you as follows:
Below recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and exterior lights flash once every five
seconds.
At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds
and the exterior lights flash rapidly for five seconds.
Above recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and lights flash twice every two seconds.
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
You may not be able to turn on the power system.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 657
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 646 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
647
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Power System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Power System Indicator Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the hybrid system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately have your vehicle inspected by a
dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 647 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
648
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and check
to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type A
Tab
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2 − −
3 ACG FR 15 A
4 Washer 15 A
5 IG1 OP (7.5 A)
6 ECU FR 7.5 A
7 VBSOL (10 A)
8FI Sub 15A
9 DBW 15 A
10 FI Main 15 A
11 IG Coil 15 A
12 DRL R 10 A
13 DRL L 10 A
14 Injector 20 A
15 Radio 20 A
16 Back Up 10 A
17 MG Clutch (7.5 A)
18 FR Fog
*
(7.5 A)
19 − −
20 H/L HI R 7.5 A
21 − −
22 Small LT 10 A
23 − −
24 H/L HI L 7.5 A
25 SBW 15 A
26 H/L LO R 10 A
27 H/L LO L 10 A
28 Oil LVL 7.5 A
29 Main Fan 30 A
30 Sub Fan 30 A
31 Wiper Main 30 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 648 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
649
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to
open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type B
Tab
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Main Fuse 200 A
2
AS F/B-1 50 A
DR F/B-2 50 A
DR F/B-1 50 A
RR DEF 40 A
RR F/B-2 60 A
FR Blower 40 A
H/L Washer
*
(30 A)
RR BLOWER & BMS 30 A
3
SUB F/B-1 60 A
VSA MTR 40 A
AS F/B-2 60 A
R/B Main 60 A
EPS 70 A
SUB F/B-2 60 A
VSA FSR 20 A
ESB 40 A
4 Stop & Horn & Hazard 30 A
5 EOP RLY 30 A
6 RR F/B-1 40 A
7 FI Main 40 A
8 Stop & Horn 20 A
9 Hazard 10 A
10 BMS 7.5 A
11 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 649 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
650
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located near the + terminal on the battery.
Pull up the cover.
Replacement of this fuse should be done by
a dealer.
Fuse location is shown on the back of the
positive battery terminal cover.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type C
Fuse
Positive Battery
Terminal Cover
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
Fan Main 60 A
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 650 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
651
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the outer side of the side panel cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Type A
Fuse Box
Fuse Label
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 AS Door Lock 10 A
2 RR DR Door Lock 7.5 A
3 DR Door Lock 7.5 A
4 FR AS Door Unlock 10 A
5 RR DR Door Unlock 7.5 A
6 DR Door Unlock (7.5 A)
7 D/L Main 20 A
8 − −
9 ETS TELE 20 A
10 IG1 RR 15 A
11 Meter 7.5 A
12 IG1 FR 20 A
13 ACC 7.5 A
14 − −
15 DR P/Seat (SLI) 20 A
16 S/R 20 A
17 RR DR P/W 20 A
18 Smart 10 A
19 FR DR P/W 20 A
20 − −
21 Fuel Pump 20 A
22 IG1 AS 15 A
23 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
24 ACG AS 7.5 A
25 STRLD 7.5 A
26 IG2 HAC 7.5 A
27 DRL 7.5 A
28 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
29 DR P/Seat (LUM) 7.5 A
30 INT Lights 7.5 A
31 ETS TILT 20 A
32 DR P/Seat (REC) 20 A
33 − −
34 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 651 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
652
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the type A driver’s side
interior fuse box. Take off the cover to
open.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the back side of the side panel cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Type B
Fuse Box Side Panel Cover
Fuse Label
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 DCT 20 A
2 − −
3 DCT 20 A
4 IG Main 30 A
5 Hybrid System 10 A
6 Hybrid System 15 A
7 Hybrid System 15 A
8 DCT 30 A
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 652 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
653
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the type A driver’s side
interior fuse box. Take off the cover to
open.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the back side of the side panel cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Type C
Fuse Box Side Panel Cover
Fuse Label
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 ADS 30 A
2 − −
3 − −
4 IG Main 30 A
5 Smart 10 A
6 A/C Water Pump 10 A
7 − −
8 Starter Motor 30 A
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 653 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
654
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located on the lower side panel. Take off
the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
■
Passenger’s Side Interior Fuse
Box
Cover
Fuse Label
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2 RR AS P/W 20 A
3 ACM 20 A
4 FR DEF
*
(15 A)
5 AVS Heated Seat 20 A
6 FR AS P/W 20 A
7 AS P/Seat (SLI) 20 A
8 AS P/Seat (REC) 20 A
9 AS P/Seat (LUM) (7.5 A)
10 Spare 5 A
11 Heated Steering
*
(10 A)
12 − −
13 − −
14 RR ACC Socket 20 A
15 FR ACC Socket 20 A
16 − −
17 − −
18 AMP 30 A
19 SRS 10 A
20 AS ECU 7.5 A
21 Option 7.5 A
22 − −
23 − −
24 OPDS 7.5 A
25 ILLUMI (INT) 5 A
26 − −
27 CTR ACC Socket 20 A
28 AC INVTR
*
(30 A)
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 654 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
655
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located on the left side of cargo area.
Remove the cover by prying on the edge of
the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and box cover number.
■
Rear Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Fuse Box Cover
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 PTG Closer 20 A
2 − −
3 USB CHARGE 15 A
4 Fuel Lid 7.5 A
5 Seat Slide 20 A
6 − −
7 RR Heat Seat
*
(20 A)
8 − −
9 − −
10 − −
11 − −
12 Rear Wiper 10 A
13 Rear ECU 7.5 A
14 SH-AWD (20 A)
15 EPB-R 30 A
16 EPB-L 30 A
17 − −
18 PTG MTR 40 A
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 655 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
656
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
confirm the specified amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 648
There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse
box.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
Blown Fuse
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 656 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
657
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■
Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle.
Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 657 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
658
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Lift the cargo floor lid by the handle in the
center.
3. Remove the cargo floor box and set it aside.
4. Wrap a cloth around the flat-tip
screwdriver. Put it into the cover slot (as
shown in the image) and remove the cover.
5. Pull the release lever toward you.
u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
■
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
Cover
Release Lever
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 658 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
659
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the back of the tailgate.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever to the right.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
1What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Cover
Lever
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 659 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
660
Handling the Unexpected
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the power system.
2. Press the fuel fill door release button.
u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of its clip in the cargo
area.
2 Types of Tools P. 614
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Turn the power system off, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Funnel
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 660 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
661
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 662
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number..................... 664
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 665
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 666
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 667
Warranty Coverages ........................ 668
Authorized Manuals......................... 670
Client Service Information ............... 671
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 661 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
662
Information
Specifications
■
Vehicle Specifications
*1: Models with second row captain seat
*2: Models with second row bench seat
Model MDX
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear (2nd)
2
*1
3
*2
Rear (3rd) 2
Total
6
*1
7
*2
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See the certification label on the
driver’s doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating
(Front)
See the certification label on the
driver’s doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating
(Rear)
See the certification label on the
driver’s doorjamb
■
Air Conditioning
■
Engine Specifications
■
Fuel
■
Washer Fluid
Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a)
Charge Quantity 23.8 – 25.6 oz (675 – 725 g)
Lubricant Type ND-OIL11 (POE)
Quantity 8.54 – 9.46 cu-in (140 – 155 cm
3
)
Displacement 182.8 cu-in (2,997 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK
DENSO
ILZKR7B11
SXU22HCR11
Type
Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane
number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 19.4 US gal (73.3 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 4 US qt (3.8 L)
Canada: 5.6 US qt (5.3 L)
■
Light Bulbs
Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED
Fog Lights
*
LED
Front Turn Signal/Side Marker/
Parking Lights
LED
Daytime Running Lights LED
Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door
Mirrors)
LED
Brake Lights 21 W
Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Taillights LED
Back-Up Lights 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Lights LED
Puddle Lights LED
Interior Lights
Front, Second Row and Third
Row Lights
LED
Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W
Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W
Door Inner Handle Lights LED
Front and Rear
*
Console
Compartment Lights
LED
Glove Box Light 1.4 W
Foot Lights 5 W
Cargo Area Lights 5 W
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 662 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
663
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■
Brake Fluid
■
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
■
Twin Motor Unit Fluid
■
Engine Oil
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Acura ATF DW-1
Capacity Change 3.7 US qt (3.5 L)
Specified Acura ATF DW-1
Capacity Change 2.56 US qt (2.42 L)
Recommended
·Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
Change including
filter
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
■
Engine Coolant
■
Inverter Coolant
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
2.03 US gal (7.68 L)
(change including the remaining 0.22 US gal
(0.82 L) in the reserve tank)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
■
Tire
Regular
Size 245/50R20 102H
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
35 (240 [2.4])
Compact
Spare
*
Size T165/80D17 104M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular 20 x 8J
Compact Spare
*
17 x 4T
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 663 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
664
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
Motor Number, and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, motor number, and
transmission number are shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, Motor
Number, and Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number
Dual Clutch Transmission
Number
Motor Number
Motor Number
Motor Number
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 664 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
665
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to
the requirements and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 665 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
666
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 666 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
667
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt
battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power
system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it
then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes
are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Turn the power system on.
5. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 mph (80 km/h) over for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D
with SPORT+ mode. Do not use cruise control.
6. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
7. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for 40 minutes.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt
battery is disconnected, and set again only after
several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 667 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
668
Information
Warranty Coverages
■
U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 668 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
669
uuWarranty Coverages u
Information
Replacement 12-Volt Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage
for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■
Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■
EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Transportation and Air Quality
Compliance Division, Light-Duty Vehicle Group
Attn: Warranty Complaints
2000 Traverwood Drive
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Email: complianc[email protected]
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 669 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
670
Information
Authorized Manuals
■
Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■
For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■
For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 670 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
671
Continued
Information
Client Service Information
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client
Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop 100-5E-8F
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number P. 664
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 671 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
672
uuClient Service Informationu
Information
Music recognition technology and related
data are provided by Gracenote®.
Gracenote is the industry standard in music
recognition technology and related content
delivery.
For more information, visit
www.gracenote.com.
When music is recorded to the HDD from a
CD, information such as the recording artist
and track name are retrieved from the
Gracenote Database and displayed (when
available).
Gracenote may not contain information for
all albums.
Gracenote is an internet-based music
recognition service that allows artist, album,
and track information from CDs to display
on the HDD.
Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates
a year. More information about Gracenote,
its features, and downloads are available at
■
Gracenote Music Recognition
Service (CDDB)
www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca
(in Canada).
CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000 to present Gracenote.
One or more patents owned by Gracenote
apply to this product and service. See the
Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list
of applicable Gracenote patents.
Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS,
the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the
“Powered by Gracenote” logo are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of
Gracenote in the United States and/or other
countries.
This application or device contains software
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville,
California (“Gracenote”). The software
from Gracenote (the “Gracenote
Software”) enables this application to
perform disc and/or file identification and
obtain music- related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
(“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or
■
Gracenote® END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
embedded databases (collectively,
“Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data
only by means of the intended End-User
functions or this application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal non-
commercial use only.
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or
transmit the Gracenote Software or any
Gracenote Data to any third party.
YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will
terminate if you violate these restrictions. If
your license terminates, you agree to cease
any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers.
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 672 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
673
uuClient Service Informationu
Continued
Information
Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide.
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce
its rights under this Agreement against you
directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a unique
identifier to track queries for statistical
purposes. The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
Gracenote service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding
the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in
the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves
the right to delete data from the Gracenote
Servers or to change data categories for any
cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No
warranty is made that the Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers are error-
free or that functioning of Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to provide you
with new enhanced or additional data types
or categories that Gracenote may provide in
the future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES
NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© Gracenote 2009
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 673 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
674
uuClient Service Informationu
Information
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or
cellular data network.
■
Disclaimer of Pandora®
*
Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying tracks, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.
* Not available on all models
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 674 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
Index
675
Index
Index
A
AAC................................................... 275, 300
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 524
AC Power Outlet ...................................... 217
Accessories and Modifications ................ 611
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 216
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System............ 473
AcuraLink® .............................................. 438
AcuraWatch
TM
............................................ 26
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow .......................................... 477
Indicator ................................................. 100
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 577
Engine Oil ............................................... 572
Washer ................................................... 581
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 572
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 207
Front Seats.............................................. 194
Head Restraints....................... 201, 203, 204
Headlights .............................................. 582
Mirrors.................................................... 191
Second Row Seats................................... 197
Steering Wheel ....................................... 190
Temperature ........................................... 127
Agile Handling Assist............................... 508
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 222
Changing the Mode................................ 225
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 228
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 604
Rear Climate Control System ................... 229
Sensors.................................................... 233
Synchronized Mode................................. 226
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 222
Air Pressure ....................................... 592, 663
Airbags ........................................................ 47
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 53
After a Collision......................................... 51
Airbag Care............................................... 61
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 54
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 50
Indicator.............................................. 59, 93
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 60
Sensors...................................................... 47
Side Airbags .............................................. 56
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 261
Android Auto............................................ 310
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 524
Indicator.................................................... 93
Apple CarPlay ........................................... 306
Armrest ..................................................... 207
Audio Remote Controls............................ 241
Audio System ............................................ 236
Adjusting the Sound................................ 256
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 240
Error Messages ........................................ 315
General Information ................................ 323
HDD........................................................ 278
iPhone............................................. 298, 325
iPod ........................................................ 291
MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 275, 300
Pandora® ............................................... 298
Reactivating ............................................ 240
Recommended CDs................................. 324
Recommended Devices............................ 325
Remote Controls ..................................... 241
Security Code.......................................... 240
Theft Protection ...................................... 240
USB Flash Drives.............................. 300, 325
USB Port.................................................. 237
Authorized Manuals ................................ 670
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 157
Customize....................................... 137, 378
Auto Engine Stop/Start.............................. 13
Auto High-Beam....................................... 179
Indicator.................................................... 93
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 522
Indicator.................................................... 87
Automatic Folding Door Mirror .............. 193
Automatic Intermittent Wipers............... 183
Automatic Lighting .................................. 176
Auxiliary Console Panel ........................... 343
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 240
Average Fuel Economy ............................ 127
Average Speed ......................................... 128
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 675 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
676
Index
B
Back-Up Light............................................ 585
Battery....................................................... 600
12-Volt.................................................... 600
12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator .......................................... 88, 642
High Voltage ........................................... 517
Jump Starting .......................................... 638
Maintenance (Checking the
12-Volt Battery) ..................................... 600
Maintenance (Replacing).......................... 601
Battery Types .............................................. 12
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 39
Beverage Holders...................................... 214
Blind spot information System ................ 510
Indicator.................................................. 104
Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 303
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ................... 397
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 79
Brake System............................................. 518
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 524
Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 522
Brake Assist System ................................. 525
Fluid ........................................................ 581
Foot Brake ............................................... 521
Indicator...................................... 84, 85, 644
Parking Brake .......................................... 518
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator.................................................... 85
Brake System (Red)
Indicator............................................ 84, 644
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel).... 186
Bulb Replacement .................................... 582
Back-Up Light.......................................... 585
Brake Light and Rear Turn Signal Light .... 583
Fog Lights ............................................... 582
Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime
Running and Front Side Marker Lights ... 582
Headlights............................................... 582
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 586
Puddle Lights........................................... 586
Rear License Plate Lights.......................... 586
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights .................................................... 582
Taillights.................................................. 585
Taillights/Rear Side Maker Lights.............. 584
Bulb Specifications ................................... 662
C
CAMERA Button ....................................... 548
Car Wash Mode ........................................ 469
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 80
Carrying Cargo ................................. 449, 451
CD Player................................................... 275
Center Pocket ........................................... 213
Certification Label.................................... 664
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 582
Charging System Indicator................. 88, 642
Child Safety................................................. 62
Childproof Door Locks............................. 156
Child Seat ................................................... 62
Booster Seats ............................................ 79
Child Seat for Infants ................................ 64
Child Seat for Small Children .................... 65
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 72
Larger Children ......................................... 78
Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 64
Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 66
Childproof Door Locks............................. 156
Cleaning the Exterior............................... 607
Cleaning the Interior ............................... 605
Client Service Information....................... 671
Climate Control System ........................... 222
Changing the Mode................................ 225
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 228
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 604
Rear Climate Control System................... 229
Sensors ................................................... 233
Synchronized Mode ................................ 226
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 222
Clock ......................................................... 142
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
) ................................................ 526
Coat Hook ................................................ 218
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 526
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 615, 663
Console Compartment............................. 212
Controls .................................................... 141
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 676 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
677
Index
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 577
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 578
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 577
Overheating............................................ 640
Coolant (Inverter) .................................... 579
Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission)...... 464
Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 541
Cup Holders.............................................. 214
Customized Features ....................... 131, 362
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 178
Dead Battery ............................................ 638
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows................................................. 228
Detachable Anchor .................................... 44
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 665
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 175
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 191
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 573
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 174
Door Mirrors............................................. 192
Doors ........................................................ 143
Auto Door Locking.................................. 157
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 157
Door Open Message ................................. 38
Keys........................................................ 143
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside .............................................. 18, 154
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 145
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 152
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 594
Driver’s Knee Airbag .................................. 54
Driving....................................................... 447
Braking.................................................... 518
Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 464
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 455
Shifting Gear ........................................... 465
Turning on the Power.............................. 457
Driving Position Memory System............. 188
Dual Clutch Transmission ......................... 464
Creeping ................................................. 464
Fluid ........................................................ 580
Kickdown ................................................ 464
Operating the Shift Button ................ 23, 467
Shifting ................................................... 465
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 604
Dynamic Mode button ............................. 474
E
Elapsed Time............................................. 128
Electric Parking Brake
Indicator.................................................... 86
Switch ..................................................... 518
Electric Parking Brake System
Indicator.................................................... 86
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System ............................................... 95, 644
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 506
Emergency ................................................ 657
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 667
Energy Efficiency ........................................ 12
Engine ....................................................... 664
Coolant................................................... 577
Jump Starting.......................................... 638
Oil........................................................... 572
Remote Engine Start................................ 459
Starting................................................... 457
Engine Compartment Cover .................... 571
Engine Coolant......................................... 577
Adding to the Radiator............................ 578
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 577
Overheating ............................................ 640
Engine Oil ................................................. 572
Adding.................................................... 574
Checking................................................. 573
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 565
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 88, 642
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 572
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 95, 644
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 80
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 607
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 192
F
Features .................................................... 235
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 677 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
678
Index
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 604
Oil ........................................................... 575
Flat Tire ............................................. 615, 623
Floor Mats ................................................. 606
Fluids
Brake....................................................... 581
Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 580
Engine Coolant........................................ 577
Windshield Washer.................................. 581
Fog Lights.................................................. 178
Folding Down the Second Row Seat ....... 200
Folding Down the Third Row Seat .......... 206
Foot Brake................................................. 521
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 50
Front Seats ................................................ 194
Adjusting................................................. 194
Front Sensor Camera ................................ 475
Fuel...................................................... 25, 557
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions............. 560
Gauge ..................................................... 123
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 128
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 91
Range...................................................... 128
Recommendation .................................... 557
Refueling................................................. 557
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions ............ 560
Fuel Fill Door....................................... 25, 558
Unable to Unlock..................................... 658
Fuses .......................................................... 648
Inspecting and Changing......................... 656
Locations......................... 648, 651, 654, 655
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 560
Gauge..................................................... 123
Information ............................................. 557
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 91
Refueling................................................. 557
Gauges ...................................................... 123
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 89, 467
Gear Shift Positions
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 465
Glass (care)................................................ 608
Glove Box.................................................. 211
H
Handling the Unexpected........................ 613
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... 397
Auto Answer........................................... 413
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History ..................................... 415
Automatic Transferring............................ 413
Displaying Messages................................ 433
HFL Buttons............................................. 397
HFL Menus .............................................. 400
HFL Status Display ................................... 398
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 399
Making a Call.......................................... 424
Options During a Call.............................. 430
Phone Setup ........................................... 405
Phonebook Phonetic Modification........... 419
Receiving a Call....................................... 429
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message ............. 431
Ring Tone ............................................... 414
Roadside Assistance ................................ 437
Selecting a Mail Account......................... 432
Selecting a Text/E-mail Message
Account ................................................ 432
Speed Dial .............................................. 416
To Create a Security PIN.......................... 411
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message
Option .................................................. 410
Use Contact Photo.................................. 414
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio.................. 278
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
HDMI
TM
Port ............................................. 344
Head Restraints ........................ 201, 203, 204
Headlight Washers................................... 185
Headlights ................................................ 175
Aiming.................................................... 582
Auto High-Beam System ......................... 179
Automatic Operation .............................. 176
Dimming......................................... 175, 178
Operating ............................................... 175
Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 187
Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 219
Heated Windshield .................................. 187
Heater (Steering Wheel).......................... 219
Heaters (Seat)................................... 220, 221
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 678 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
679
Index
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) .............................. 397
High Beam Indicator.................................. 95
High Voltage Battery............................... 517
Hill Start Assist System............................. 462
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 394
Honda App License Agreement .............. 326
Hybrid Vehicle
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®)............ 9
I
Identification Numbers............................ 664
Engine, Motor, and Transmission ............ 664
Vehicle Identification............................... 664
Illumination Control ................................ 186
Button .................................................... 186
Immobilizer System.................................. 165
Indicator ................................................... 96
Indicators.................................................... 84
12-Volt Battery Charging System ...... 88, 642
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow ......................... 100, 478
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 93
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 93
Automatic Brake Hold....................... 87, 522
Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 87, 522
Blind spot information System................. 104
Brake System (Amber)............................... 85
Brake System (Red) ........................... 84, 644
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ....................................... 102, 103
Electric Parking Brake ................................ 86
Electric Parking Brake System............. 86, 645
Fog Lights.................................................. 96
Gear Position............................................. 89
High Beam ................................................ 95
High Temperature ..................................... 92
Immobilizer System.................................... 96
Keyless Access System ............................... 97
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .... 98, 500
Lights On................................................... 96
Low Fuel.................................................... 91
Low Oil Pressure ................................ 88, 642
Low Temperature ...................................... 92
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 95, 646
M (sequential mode) Indicator/Sequential
Mode Gear Selection ............................... 89
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 88, 643
POWER SYSTEM Indicator.................. 91, 647
READY ...................................................... 92
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 99
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 40, 91
Security System Alarm ............................... 97
Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System .................................... 95, 644
SPORT+ mode ........................................... 92
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 59, 93
System Message ........................................ 97
Transmission System.......................... 90, 646
Turn Signal ................................................ 95
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
System ............................................ 94, 506
VSA® OFF .......................................... 94, 507
Information .............................................. 661
Information Screen .................................. 248
Instrument Panel........................................ 83
Brightness Control................................... 186
Integrated Dynamics System ................... 474
Dynamic Mode button ............................ 474
Interface Dial............................................ 243
Interior Lights........................................... 209
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 191
iPhone ............................................... 298, 325
iPod ................................................... 291, 325
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 619
Jump Starting ........................................... 638
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 144
Keyless Access System .............................. 145
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 152
Keys........................................................... 143
Lockout Prevention.................................. 152
Number Tag............................................ 144
Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 156
Remote Transmitter................................. 150
Types and Functions ................................ 143
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 679 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
680
Index
Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) ..... 464
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 498
Indicator.................................................... 98
LATCH (Child Seats) .............................. 67, 74
LED Puddle Light ...................................... 147
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/
Android Auto .......................................... 338
License information.................................. 341
Lights ................................................. 175, 582
Automatic ............................................... 176
Bulb Replacement.................................... 582
Daytime Running Lights........................... 178
High Beam Indicator .................................. 95
Interior .................................................... 209
Light Switches ......................................... 175
Lights On Indicator .................................... 96
Turn Signals............................................. 174
Load Limits................................................ 451
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 143
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 157
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 156
From Inside.............................................. 154
From Outside........................................... 145
Keys ........................................................ 143
Using a Key ............................................. 151
Lockout Prevention System...................... 152
Low Battery Charge.................................. 642
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 91
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 88, 642
Lower Anchors...................................... 67, 74
Lubricant Specifications Chart................. 663
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 451
Lumbar Support ....................................... 195
M
Maintenance............................................. 561
12-Volt Battery........................................ 600
Brake Fluid .............................................. 581
Cleaning ................................................. 605
Climate Control System........................... 604
Coolant........................................... 577, 579
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 565
Oil........................................................... 573
Precautions ............................................. 562
Radiator .................................................. 578
Remote Control....................................... 602
Remote Transmitter................................. 601
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 582
Safety...................................................... 563
Service Items ........................................... 567
Tires ........................................................ 591
Transmission Fluid ................................... 580
Under the Hood ...................................... 569
Wireless Headphone................................ 603
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 88, 643
Map Lights................................................ 210
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 451
Meters, Gauges......................................... 123
MID (Multi-information Display) ............ 125
Mirrors ...................................................... 191
Adjusting ................................................ 191
Door ....................................................... 192
Exterior ................................................... 192
Interior Rearview..................................... 191
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 611
Moonroof ................................................. 170
MP3................................................... 275, 300
Multi-function Steering-wheel
Controls .................................................. 125
Multi-Information Display (MID) ............ 125
Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 545
N
Numbers (Identification) ......................... 664
O
Odometer ................................................. 126
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 455
Oil (Engine) .............................................. 572
Adding ................................................... 574
Checking ................................................ 573
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 565
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 88, 642
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 572
Viscosity.................................................. 572
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
............. 244
Open Source Licenses .............................. 340
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 680 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
681
Index
Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 570
Moonroof ............................................... 170
Power Windows...................................... 168
Tailgate................................................... 158
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel....................................... 171
Outside Temperature Display ................. 127
Overhead Screen...................................... 345
Overheating ............................................. 640
P
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 472
Pandora® ................................................. 298
Panic Mode............................................... 167
Parking ..................................................... 535
Parking Brake........................................... 518
Parking Sensor System............................. 537
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 60
Passing Indicators..................................... 175
POWER Button ......................................... 171
Power Tailgate ......................................... 159
Power Windows ....................................... 168
Precautions While Driving....................... 463
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle.................................................. 463
Rain ........................................................ 463
Pregnant Women....................................... 45
Puncture (Tire) ................................. 615, 623
R
Radiator .................................................... 578
Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 261
Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 264
Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 262
Range ........................................................ 128
RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 262
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 667
Rear Climate Control System ................... 229
From the Front Panel ............................... 229
From the Rear Panel ................................ 232
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ..................................................... 187
Rear Entertainment System (RES)............ 342
Auxiliary Console Panel............................ 343
Front Control Panel Operation ................. 356
HDMI
TM
Port ............................................ 344
Operating the System .............................. 345
Overhead Screen ..................................... 345
Playable Discs .......................................... 361
Playing a DVD.......................................... 346
Rear Control Panel Operation .................. 346
Wireless Headphones .............................. 342
Rear Seats
Second Row Seat..................................... 197
Third Row Seat ........................................ 206
Rearview Mirror........................................ 191
Refueling................................................... 557
Fuel Gauge.............................................. 123
Gasoline .......................................... 557, 662
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 91
Regenerative Energy and Regenerative
Braking...................................................... 12
Regulations............................... 515, 594, 665
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback ................................................. 459
Checking Door Lock Status...................... 153
Remote Transmitter ................................. 150
Replacement
Battery .................................... 601, 602, 603
Bulbs....................................................... 582
Front Wiper Blade Rubber ....................... 587
Fuses............................... 648, 651, 654, 655
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 589
Tires........................................................ 597
Reporting Safety Defects......................... 666
Resetting a Trip Meter............................. 127
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 192
Right Selector Wheel ....................... 125, 131
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 493
On and Off.............................................. 495
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 33
Safety Checklist .......................................... 38
Safety Labels............................................... 81
Safety Message............................................. 1
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 681 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
682
Index
Seat Belts..................................................... 39
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 43
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 41
Checking................................................... 46
Detachable Anchor .................................... 44
Fastening................................................... 42
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt .................................................. 72
Pregnant Women ...................................... 45
Reminder................................................... 40
Warning Indicator................................ 40, 91
Seat Heaters...................................... 220, 221
Seat Ventilation ........................................ 220
Seats .......................................................... 194
Adjusting................................................. 194
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support................... 194
Front Seats .............................................. 194
Seat Heaters .................................... 220, 221
Seat Ventilation ....................................... 220
Second Row Seat..................................... 197
Third Row Seat ........................................ 206
Second Row Outer Seats Heaters ............ 221
Second Row Seat (Folding Down) ........... 200
Security System ......................................... 165
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 96
Security System Alarm Indicator ................. 97
Selecting a Child Seat ................................. 66
Sequential Mode ...................................... 471
Sequential Mode Operation .................... 472
Setting the Clock ...................................... 142
SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor.. 129
Shift Button ........................................ 23, 465
Operation................................................ 467
Shifting (Transmission)....................... 23, 465
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 43
Side Airbags................................................ 56
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58
Siri Eyes Free ............................................. 305
SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 264
Snow Tires................................................. 599
Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID
SH-AWD® System ...................................... 13
Spare Tire.......................................... 615, 663
Spark Plugs ............................................... 662
Specifications............................................ 662
Specified Fuel ................................... 557, 662
Speedometer ............................................ 123
Speed-sensitive Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 95, 644
SPORT HYBRID Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
(SPORT HYBRID SH-AWD®) ....... 509
SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 50
Steering Wheel......................................... 190
Adjusting ................................................ 190
Heater..................................................... 219
Stopping ................................................... 535
Summer Tires............................................ 599
Sunglasses Holder..................................... 219
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 50
Surround View Camera System ............... 547
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 171
Synchronized Mode ................................. 226
System Message Indicator ......................... 97
T
Tachometer .............................................. 123
Tailgate..................................................... 158
Unable to Open ...................................... 659
Temperature
Outside Temperature Display .................. 127
Temperature Sensor ........................ 127, 233
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 624
Text Message.................................... 431, 433
Third Row Seat (Folding Down).............. 206
Third Row Seat Access ............................. 199
Tie-down Anchors.................................... 218
Time (Setting)........................................... 142
Tire Fill Assist.................................... 513, 646
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist ................................. 513
Indicator ........................................... 95, 646
Tire Repair Kit .......................................... 623
Tires .......................................................... 591
Air Pressure..................................... 592, 663
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 591
Inspection ............................................... 591
Labeling.................................................. 592
Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 615, 623
Regulations............................................. 594
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 682 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
683
Index
Rotation.................................................. 598
Spare Tire ....................................... 615, 663
Summer.................................................. 599
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 624
Tire Chains.............................................. 599
Tire Repair Kit ......................................... 623
Wear Indicators....................................... 596
Winter .................................................... 599
Tools ......................................................... 614
Towing a Trailer....................................... 454
Towing Your Vehicle ............................... 454
Emergency.............................................. 657
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
with Tire Fill Assist ................................. 513
Indicator ........................................... 95, 646
Transmission............................................. 464
Dual Clutch............................... 23, 464, 465
Fluid ....................................................... 580
Gear Position Indicator...................... 89, 467
Number .................................................. 664
Sequential Mode..................................... 471
TRIP Button .............................................. 126
Trip Meter ................................................ 127
Troubleshooting ...................................... 613
Blown Fuse ..................... 648, 651, 654, 655
Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 29
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 29
Emergency Towing ................................. 657
Noise When Braking ................................. 31
Overheating............................................ 640
Power System Won’t Start ...................... 635
Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 615, 623
Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 29, 156
Warning Indicators .................................... 84
Turn Signals .............................................. 174
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 95
Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 129
Turning on the Power .............................. 457
Does Not Activate.................................... 635
Jump Starting .......................................... 638
Remote Engine Start................................ 459
U
Under-floor Storage Area ........................ 213
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 145
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ................................................. 18, 154
USB Flash Drives................................ 300, 325
USB Port .................................................... 237
V
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 664
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) ................ 506
Off Button............................................... 507
Off Indicator.............................................. 94
System Indicator ................................ 94, 506
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 572, 663
Voice Control Operation.......................... 258
Voice Portal Screen.................................. 259
Voice Recognition ................................... 258
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist®)................ 506
W
Wallpaper ................................................. 254
Warning and Information Messages....... 105
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 642
Warning Labels........................................... 81
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 668
Watts......................................................... 662
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 596
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 619
Window Washers ..................................... 182
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 581
Switch..................................................... 182
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 168
Windshield................................................ 182
Cleaning ................................................. 608
Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 228
Washer Fluid ........................................... 581
Wiper Blades........................................... 587
Wipers and Washers................................ 182
Winter Tires .............................................. 599
Snow Tires .............................................. 599
Tire Chains .............................................. 599
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 683 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
684
Index
Wipers and Washers................................. 182
Automatic Intermittent Wipers................. 183
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 587
Front ....................................................... 182
Rear......................................................... 184
Wireless Headphones ............................... 342
WMA ................................................. 275, 300
Worn Tires................................................. 591
20 ACURA MDX E-AWD-31TRX6300.book 684 ページ ２０１９年５月１０日 金曜日 午前１１時７分
owners.acura.com
2020 MDX Sport Hybrid Owner’s Manual
© 2019 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
31TRX630
OM-11327
00X31-TRX-6300 Printed in U.S.A.
